OI SIDOR en 8010939

Title
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
SIDOR
Extractive Multi-Component
Gas Analyser
Installation
Operation
Maintenance
Document information Glossary
Product ATEX (Atmosphère explosible): European guidelines for the safety
Product name: SIDOR in explosion-hazardous locations
Versions: Standard version BImSchV: »Bundes-Immissionschutzverordnung« (Federal
CSA version Immission Protection Ordinance); administrative regulation for the
ATEX version Federal Air Pollution Control Act of Germany
Software: Version 1.5, 1.6, 1.7
CSA: Canadian Standards Association (www.csa.ca)
Version 1.5A, 1.6A (for ATEX version)
Firmware: Internal software of a hardware device, usually stored in
Document ID erasable programmable memories (EEPROMs)
Title: Operating Instructions SIDOR IP + 2-digit-code: International Protection (also known as Ingress
Order No.: 8010939 Protection); level of protection as defined in IEC/EN 60529. The
Version: 2.2 first digit specifies protection against access to hazardous parts
Stand: 2009-10 and the ingress of objects; the second digit specifies protection
against ingress of water.
Publisher
SICK MAIHAK GmbH LED: Light Emitting Diode (small indicating lamp)
Nimburger Str. 11 · D-79276 Reute · Germany LEL: lower explosive limit (least gas concentration that is needed
Tel.: +49 7641 469-0 for a flammable gas mixture or vapor to ignite and explode)
Fax: +49 7641 469-11 49 NAMUR: an international user association of automation
E-mail: [email protected] technology in process industries (www.namur.de)
NDIR: Non-dispersive infra-red; name for optical gas analysis
Trademarks
methods in the infra-red spectrum range
IBM is a trademark of the International Business Machine
Corporation. PC: Personal Computer
MS-DOS and Windows are trademarks of the Microsoft RMS: Root-Mean-Square value
Corporation. TA Luft: »Technische Anleitung zur Reinhaltung der Luft« (technical
Other product names used in this document may also be instructions on air polution prevention); general administrative
trademarks and are only used for identification purpose. regulation for the Federal Air Pollution Control Act of Germany;
basically, administrative technical instructions on air quality
Guarantee Information control, defining emission limits and requirements for measuring
Specified product characteristics and technical data do not serve
and monitoring
as guarantee declarations.
VAC: Volt Alternating Current
© SICK MAIHAK GmbH. All rights reserved. VDC: Volt Direct Current
2 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

Warning symbols Information symbols
Hazard (general) Important technical information for this device
Important technical information on electric or

Hazard by voltage
electronic functions
Hazard in explosion-hazardous locations Supplementary information
Hazard by explosive substances/mixtures Link to information at another place
Hazard by poisonous substances Nice to know
Warning levels / signal words

WARNING
Risk or hazardous situation which could result in severe personal
injury or death.
CAUTION
Hazard or unsafe practice which could result in personal injury or
property damage.
NOTICE
Hazard or unsafe practice which could result in property damage.
SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 3

Contents Contents
1 Basic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.1 Product versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2 Primary hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.3 Basic operating notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.4 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.4.1 Purpose of the instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.4.2 Place of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.4.3 Usage limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.5 Use in compliance with the examination certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.6 The user’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2 Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1 Application principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.2 Know-how for the SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.2.1 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.2.2 Analyzer modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2.3 Analyzer modules for O2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2.4 Cross-sensitivity and gas matrix effect compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.2.5 Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Special features of the ATEX version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.4 User Guide for the SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4.1 What must you do ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.5 What can you do in addition ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.5.1 If you first wish to learn about the operating functions … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Contents
3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.1 General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2 Supply schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.3 Mounting the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.3.1 Mounting location, ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.3.2 Enclosure installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.4 Sample gas connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.4.1 Designing the sample gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.4.2 Connecting the sample gas inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.4.3 Connecting the sample gas outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.5 Power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.1 Safety information for power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.2 External mains switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.5.3 Connecting the power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.5.4 Changing the mains voltage input (if required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.5.5 Internal fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.6 Signal connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.6.1 Terminal connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.6.2 Signal cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.6.3 Maximum load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.6.4 Outputs for signal voltage (auxiliary voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.6.5 Anti-inductive protection for the signal connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.7 Measuring value outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.8 Switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.8.1 Switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.8.2 Electrical function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.8.3 Contact connections (pin assignment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.9 Control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.9.1 Control functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.9.2 Electrical function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.10 Digital Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.10.1 Function of the interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.10.2 Connecting the interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4 Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.1 Power-on procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.2 Preparation for measuring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Contents
5 Operation (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.2 Status messages on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.3 Principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.3.1 Function selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.3.2 Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.3.3 Menu levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6 Standard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6.1 Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6.1.1 Main menu – standard version/CSA version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6.1.2 Main menu – ATEX version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6.2 Measuring displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6.2.1 Combined display for all components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6.2.2 Large display for one selected component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6.2.3 Chart recorder simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6.3 Status displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6.3.1 Display of status/fault messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6.3.2 Display of measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6.3.3 Display of measuring value outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
6.3.4 Display of alarm limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
6.3.5 Display of instrument data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
6.3.6 Display of drift values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
6.4 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
6.4.1 Switching the gas pump on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
6.4.2 Acknowledging alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
6.4.3 Setting the display contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
6.4.4 Setting the keypad click . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
6.5 Calibration (note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6.6 Maintenance signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
7 Expert functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7.1 Access to the expert functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
7.2 Hidden expert functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
7.3 Local adaptation (localization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.3.1 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.3.2 Clock settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.4 Display of measuring values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.4.1 Number of decimal places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.4.2 Bar graph range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.5 Measuring value computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.5.1 Damping (average value computation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.5.2 Dynamical damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
7.5.3 Suppression at the begin of the measuring range (meas. signal window) . . . . . . . 79
7.6 Monitoring of measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7.6.1 Alarm limit values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7.6.2 Overflow warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
7.7 Configuration of calibrations (note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Contents
7.8 Configuration of measuring value outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

7.8.1 Assigning a measuring component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
7.8.2 Setting-up the output ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
7.8.3 Display of output ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
7.8.4 Selecting the output ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
7.8.5 Setting the »live zero« /deactivating a measuring value output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
7.8.6 Selecting the output mode during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
7.8.7 Deleting the setting for a measuring value output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
7.9 Configuration of the switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7.9.1 Functional principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7.9.2 Control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7.9.3 Safety criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7.9.4 Available switch functions (overview & explanation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
7.9.5 Assigning the switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
7.10 Configuration of the control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.10.1 Functional principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.10.2 Available control functions (overview & explanation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.10.3 Assigning the control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.11 Digital data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7.11.1 Digital interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7.11.2 Automatic digital output of analysis data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7.11.3 Printing the configuration data (text table output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
7.12 Digital remote control settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.12.1 Setting the ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.12.2 Activating the ID character / Activating Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.12.3 Setting the installed connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.12.4 Setting-up the modem connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
7.12.5 Modem control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
7.13 Data backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.13.1 Internal backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.13.2 External backup (data transfer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
7.14 Firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7.15 Flow adjustment and monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.15.1 Setting the capacity of the gas pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.15.2 Setting the flow monitor set point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.15.3 Calibrating the flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.16 Pressure sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.17 Checking internal values and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.17.1 Measuring signals for the measuring components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.17.2 Status of the internal controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.17.3 Display of the internal analog signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.17.4 Internal supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.17.5 Service display of the internal analog signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.17.6 Service display of detector signals (scope). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.17.7 Bridge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.17.8 Linearisation values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.17.9 Status of the control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.17.10 Program version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.18 Testing of electronic outputs (hardware test) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.19 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Contents
8 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
8.1 Introduction to the calibration of the SIDOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
8.2 Guideline for calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
8.2.1 Single-point adjustments: weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
8.2.2 Complete calibrations: every 3 months (or according to certification) . . . . . . . . . 115
8.2.3 Full calibrations: exceptionally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
8.3 Calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
8.3.1 Programmable calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
8.3.2 Zero gas (calibration gas for the zero-point) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
8.3.3 Test gases for sensitivity calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.3.4 Correct feeding of the calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
8.4 Manual calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
8.4.1 Methods for calibration gas delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
8.4.2 Manual calibration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
8.5 Automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.5.1 Requirements for an automatic calibration (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.5.2 Different automatic calibration routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.5.3 Setting-up an automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
8.5.4 Setting the nominal values for the calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
8.5.5 Setting the drift limit values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
8.5.6 Ignoring an external calibration signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
8.5.7 Setting a span delay time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
8.5.8 Setting the calibration measuring time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
8.5.9 Display of the automatic calibration settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
8.5.10 Manual start of an automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
8.6 Display of calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.7 Drift reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
8.8 Special calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8.8.1 Full calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8.8.2 Basic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
8.8.3 Calibration of cross-sensitivity compensations (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
8.8.4 Calibrations of »H2O cross-sensitive« measuring components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8.8.5 Calibrations in compliance with »13. BImSchV« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8.8.6 Cross-sensitivity compensation with OXOR-P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Contents
9 Remote control with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

9.1 Introduction to the remote control with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
9.2 Remote control installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
9.2.1 Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
9.2.2 Programming the SIDOR remote control settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
9.2.3 Set-up the PC for remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
9.3 Starting and ending the remote control operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
9.3.1 Starting the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
9.3.2 Status message during remote control with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
9.3.3 Ending the remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10 Remote control with »AK protocol« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

10.1 Introduction to the remote control with »AK protocol« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.2 Technical basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.2.1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.2.2 Complete command sequence (command syntax) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.3 Command types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
10.4 Reply to a received command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
10.4.1 Status character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
10.4.2 Normal reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
10.4.3 Reply to an erroneous command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
10.5 Remote control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
10.5.1 General commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
10.5.2 Status reading commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
10.5.3 Calibration commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
10.5.4 Measuring mode commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
10.5.5 Instrument identification commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
10.5.6 Temperature compensation commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
11 Remote control with Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

11.1 Introduction to the Modbus protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
11.2 Modbus specifications for the SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
11.3 Installation of a Modbus remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
11.3.1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
11.3.2 Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
11.3.3 Programming the SIDOR remote control settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
11.4 Modbus function commands for the SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.4.1 Function codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.4.2 Data formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.4.3 Modbus control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
11.4.4 Modbus read commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Contents
12 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12.1 Maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
12.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
12.3 Testing the electrical signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
12.4 Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
12.4.1 Safety notes on leak tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
12.4.2 Test criteria for gas tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
12.4.3 A simple leak test method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
12.5 Replacing the OXOR-E sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
12.6 Cleaning the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
12.7 Testing the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
13 Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
13.1 If the SIDOR does not work at all … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
13.2 Status messages (in alphabetical order) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
13.3 If the measuring value is obviously incorrect … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
13.4 If the measuring values are unstable and you don’t know why … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
13.5 Recovery measures after self-test error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
14 Taking out of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

14.1 Shutdown procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
14.2 Disposal information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
15 Storage, transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

15.1 Correct storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
15.2 Correct transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
15.3 Shipping for repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Contents
16 Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

16.1 Automatic compensations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
16.1.1 How you can notice if your SIDOR is working with compensations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
16.1.2 Consequences of automatic compensations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
16.2 Notes on particular measuring components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.2.1 Measuring component CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.2.2 Measuring component CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.2.3 Measuring component O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.2.4 Measuring component SO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.2.5 Disturbing effects with the measuring component NO or NOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
16.3 Notes on the use of a sample gas cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
16.3.1 Purpose of a sample gas cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
16.3.2 Disturbing effects with a sample gas cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
16.3.3 Calibrations with a sample gas cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
16.4 Notes on the use of NOX converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
16.4.1 Purpose of NOX converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
16.4.2 Disturbing effects with NOX converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
17 Custom configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

17.1 User table: Measuring components and calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
17.2 Signal connection overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
17.3 User table: Switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
17.4 User table: Control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
18 Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
18.1 Manufacturer’s EC Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
18.2 CSA certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
18.3 Examination certificates for the ATEX version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
19 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

19.1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
19.2 Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
19.3 Electrical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
19.4 Gas technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
19.5 Reaction times for ATEX-compliant use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
19.6 Measuring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
19.7 Flow schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
19.8 Materials in contact with the sample gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Contents

Basic information
SIDOR
1 Basic information
Product versions
Primary hazards
Basic operating notes
Intended use
Use in compliance with the examination certificate
User’s responsibility

Basic information
1. 1 Product versions
The gas analyzer SIDOR is available in three versions:
● standard version (available with various specification)
● CSA version
● ATEX version
Version identification
b To identify the product version: refer to the nameplate (→ Table 1) on the rear side of the
instrument.
Table 1 SIDOR nameplates
SIDOR 0032
Analy. 1 Analy. 2 OXOR P OXOR E
PN 12XXXXX 115/230V 48-62Hz
standard version SN XXXXXXX 20-200VA IP 20
PERM
Qa S01 0303
Maihak AG D-22399 Hamburg Made in Germany
SIDOR C US
PN 12XXXXX 115/230V 48-62Hz
CSA version SN XXXXXXX 20-200VA IP 20
Qa S01 0303
SIDOR 0032
PN 12XXXXX 115/230V 48-62Hz
ATEX version SN XXXXXXX 20-200VA IP 20
II (1) G BVS 06 ATEX G 002 X
PFG 06 G 002 X BGI 647
Qa S01 0303 Baujahr: YYYY
Special features of the CSA version

– For CSA-compliant use, special relay contact ratings are specified (→ page 43, §3.6.3).
– The internal plug connector X24 is fixated with emplastic.
In all other respects, the standard version and the CSA version are identical.
Special features of the ATEX version
→ page 26, §2.3
Notes on ATEX-compliant operation → page 18, §1.5

Basic information
1.2 Primary hazards

WARNING: Explosion hazard
b Do not use SIDOR in explosion-hazardous locations unless additional safety
precautions have been taken.
WARNING: Hazards caused by explosive or flammable gases

b Do not use the SIDOR standard version or CSA version for explosive or
flammable gases.
b Use the ATEX version only for the specified gases under the specified
conditions.
WARNING: Mortal/Health danger as a result of a gas leakage

If the analyzer is used to measure poisonous gases:
b Set up appropriate safety precautions.
b Always observe the complete safety notes.
1.3 Basic operating notes

Start-up
b Pay attention to leak tightness (leak test → page 174, §12.4); check filters, valves, etc.
b Make a calibration after each start-up (→ page 111, §8).
Operating condition
b Pay attention to fault indications:
– LED »Function«: red = fault condition (→ page 56, §5.1) / green = normal condition
– LED »Service« (yellow) = need for action (→ page 56, §5.1)
– LED »Alarm« (red) = measuring value is beyond a limit value (→ page 80, §7.6.1)
– observe status messages in the display base line (→ page 62, §6.1)
b Make calibrations at regular intervals (→ page 114, §8.2).
When »Alarm« is indicated
b Check the current measuring values. Consider the situation.
b Perform the action which is scheduled at your site for the particular situation.
b If required: Switch-off the »Alarm« indication (»acknowledge« → page 70, §6.4.2).
In hazardous situations
b Switch-off the system’s emergency switch or mains switch.
SIDOR’s main switch is located on the rear side next to the mains power
connector (→ page 40, Figure 4).
Taking out of operation

b Before taking out of operation: purge the sample gas path with a dry neutral gas – to
prevent condensation in the analyzer’s measuring system (→ page 190, §14.1).

Basic information
1. 4 Intended use
1.4.1 Purpose of the instrument

General purpose
A SIDOR gas analyzer measures the concentration of a particular gas in a gas mixture
(sample gas). The sample gas flows through the internal measuring system of the analyzer.
If the SIDOR is equipped with a second NDIR measuring system and/or an OXOR analyzer
module, then the concentration of more than one gas component can be measured
simultaneously.
Purpose of the ATEX version
The ATEX version of SIDOR is certified as a safety device for monitoring certain gas
mixtures which are explosive or hazardous to health. Main application is the monitoring of
landfill (waste deposite) gases; however, the measuring function can be used for other
applications where the measuring ranges are suitable and which can comply with the
special application requirements.
The complete certification is comprised in two examination certificates:
● BVS 06 ATEX G 002 X: certifies the measuring function for the explosion protection in
accordance with the European guideline 94/9/EG (»ATEX guideline«), i.e. for measuring
ranges which can be used to measure flammable gases:
– CH4 analysis
– O2 analysis in the range of 0 … 10 vol.% or 0 … 25 vol.% – for inertisation analysis
(i.e. for monitoring the allowable oxygen concentration)
● PFG 06 G 002 X: certifies the measuring function for measuring ranges, which are not
covered by the guideline 94/9/EG but are requested by other regulations (such as the
rules of the German Accident Prevention & Insurance Associations):
– CO2 analysis
– O2 analysis in the range of 0 … 25 vol.% – for monitoring of oxygen shortage or
oxygen excess (for example, for health or fire protection)
Both certificates are complemental to each other and might both apply to one single SIDOR
gas analyzer.
● Examination certificates → page 217, §18.3
● Measuring components and ranges → page 26, Table 4
● Notes on ATEX-compliant use → page 18, §1.5
1.4.2 Place of installation

SIDOR gas analyzers are designed for indoor use. Direct influence of the atmospheric
weather (wind, rain, sun) could damage the instrument and can strongly reduce the
measurement accuracy.

Basic information
1.4.3 Usage limitations

Application limitations
● The SIDOR gas analyzer shall not be used in explosion-hazardous locations. If the SIDOR
is installed in an explosion-hazardous location, additional safety devices shall be
provided to fulfill the requirements of explosion-proof installation and operation.
● As a basic principle, the SIDOR standard version and CSA version shall not be used for
the measurement of flammable or explosive gases.
If a SIDOR analyzer is used to measure a flammable gas or a gas which can
produce a combustible mixture when mixed with air, an explosion risk exists
if a leak occurs in the internal gas path of the analyzer.
For such applications, check which regulations and rules are valid at the
place of installation, and if additional safety precautions should be taken
(for example, encapsulation and inert gas purging of the enclosure).
● Die ATEX version of SIDOR shall only be used for the measurement of the specified
gases, in compliance with the specified special requirements (→ page 18, §1.5).
Reduction of physical measuring characteristics
In some applications, certain gas components could interfere with the analysis – for
example, because a similar measuring effect is produced and this effect can not be
eliminated, due to the laws of nature or technical limitations. A consequence could be that
the measuring values would shift when the composition of the sample gas has changed,
even if the concentration of the measured gas components is still the same.
b In such cases: whenever the sample gas composition has changed, make a new
calibration, using new test gases which correspond to the new sample gas composition.
b This might not be necessary with if your SIDOR has an automatic compensation for
such effects (→ page 25, §2.2.4). Information on this subject will be supplied with your
SIDOR. If you are not sure, please contact the manufacturer.

Basic information
1. 5 Use in compliance with the examination certificate

Applies only to the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3).
Standards
b Observe the following standards for installation, operation, and
maintenance:
– EN 50073: Guide for selection, installation, use and maintenance of
apparatus for the detection and measurement of combustible gases or
oxygen
– EN 45544-4: Workplace atmospheres – Electrical apparatus used for
the direct detection and direct concentration measurement of toxic
gases and vapours – Part 4: Guide for selection, installation, use and
maintenance
– National regulations
Installation
b Install the gas analyzer SIDOR outside of explosion-hazardous locations.
b Install a flame arrestor in the sample gas inlet line. The flame arrestor must
be certified for the respective usage.
b If the sample gas is led back into an explosion-hazardous location:
Provide a flame arrestor in the sample gas outlet line. The flame arrestor
must be certified for the respective application.
b Minimize the length and volume of the sample gas inlet path. Consider this
also for the volume of gas filters and gas coolers.
b Set-up a sample gas flow which provides the analyzer with the required
response time (→ page 217, §18.3). Allowable flow rate: 36 … 120 l/h
(600 … 2000 cm3/min).
b Make sure that the sample gas will not enter the analyzer’s enclosure:
– Pay attention to the leak tightness of the sample gas paths.
– Make sure that the sample gas outlet is surely led away.
– If sample gas could enter the enclosure from the environment: Install a
purging system for the analyzer’s enclosure, using a neutral purge gas
which does not contain any of the analyzer’s measuring components.
b Use the status outputs »fault« und »service« to identify interruptions of the
measuring operation (→ page 87, §7.9.4).
CAUTION: Possible risks for safe operation

These features are not covered by the examination certificate:
– Digital interfaces (→ page 50, §3.10)
– External backup (→ page 99, §7.13.2)
– Remote control functions (→ p. 144, §9.1 / → p. 152, §10.1 / → p. 162, §11.1)
b Use these functions only if it is sure that the use of these features will not
affect the safe operation.

Basic information
1.6 The user’s responsibility

Intended users
The gas analyzer SIDOR should only be operated by skilled persons who, based on their
technical training and knowledge as well as knowledge of the relevant regulations, can
assess the tasks given and recognize the dangers involved.
Correct use
b Use and operate the SIDOR only as it is described and specified in this manual. The
manufacturer is not responsible for any other use.
b Carry out the specified maintenance works.
b Do not remove, add, or change any component in the instrument unless such changes
are officially allowed and specified by the manufacturer. Otherwise
– the instrument might become dangerous
– the manufacturer’s guarantee becomes invalid
– the ATEX certification becomes invalid (only for the ATEX version)
Special local requirements
b In addition to this manual, observe all the local laws, technical rules, and company-
internal instructions which are valid at the site where your SIDOR is installed.
Responsibility for poisonous sample gases
WARNING: Mortal/Health danger as a result of a gas leakage
If the SIDOR is used to measure poisonous gases: A defect in the sample gas
path can possibly cause an acute danger for humans.
b Set up appropriate safety precautions.
b Make sure that these safety precautions are kept.
Exemplary prophylactic safety precautions:
● Appropriate warning indications on the SIDOR
● Appropriate warning indications for the operating room
● Safety instruction of personnel
Preserving the documents

b Keep the Operating Instructions ready for consulting.
b Hand the Operating Instructions over to a new owner.

Basic information

Product description
SIDOR
2 Product description
Principle of operation
User guide
Technology

Product description
2. 1 Application principle
SIDOR is an extractive gas analyzer with continuous measuring operation:
● Extractive gas analysis means that a certain portion of the gas which is to be analysed
is extracted from the total quantity of the gas (»sample gas« from the »sampling point«)
and is then supplied to the gas analyzer.
● Continuous measurement means that a continuous sample gas flow to the gas
analyzer is kept, and that the gas analyzers is continuously measuring.
● For most applications, a sample gas conditioning is required. Depending on the
individual application, suitable devices can be:
to protect the gas analyzer’s internal system against
particle filters
contamination
to prevent condensation and ice blockages inside the
heated sample gas lines
sample gas line
to separate any liquids or condensable components from
liquid separators
the sample gas
to protect the gas analyzer and the peripheral system
safety devices against each other (for example, flame arrestors in the
gas lines)
Figure 1 Extractive gas analysis

sampling point sample gas conditioning gas analyzer
sample gas
● Projection notes on extractive sample gas supply → page 34, §3.4.1

● Operating conditions for the sample gas supply → page 38, §3.4.2

Product description
2.2 Know-how for the SIDOR
2.2.1 Special features

● Multiple analyzer modules: A SIDOR can simultaneously measure up to three gas
components: one or two NDIR measuring components with the analyzer module
SIDOR, and the measuring component O2 (oxygen) with the analyzer module OXOR-E or
OXOR-P.
● ATEX certification: The ATEX version of SIDOR is certified for the measurement of
certain flammable gas mixtures (→ page 26, §2.3).
● Long-term stability: The sensitivity of the analyzer module SIDOR is significantly greater
than it is in traditional NDIR gas analyzers. That’s why it is sufficient for routine
calibrations of the NDIR measuring component(s), as a rule, to re-adjust only the zero
point.
● Pressure compensation: SIDOR is equipped with a built-in pressure sensor which
provides for an automatic compensation of the physical influence of unsteady sample
gas pressure.
● Cross-sensitivity compensation: Common measuring influences of the individual gas
components can be compensated for (→ page 25, §2.2.4).
● Configurable signal connections: The SIDOR has 8 control inputs and 13 switch
outputs which can be freely assigned to a variety of functions (→ page 89, §7.10.2 /
→ page 87, §7.9.4).
● Configurable measuring value outputs: The SIDOR has 4 analog measuring value
outputs (0/2/4 … 20 mA). You can select which measuring component is assigned to
the particular output, and you can even use several of these outputs for the same
measuring component (→ page 82, §7.8.1). As an option, two output ranges are provided,
with adjustable range settings (→ page 83, §7.8.2).
● Digital data output: The SIDOR can transmit the measuring values and the status
signals via a RS232 interface (→ page 50, §3.10.1).
● Strip-chart simulation: The SIDOR can display a running diagram of the previously
measured values (→ page 64, §6.2.3).
● 2 zero gases: For zero-point calibration, two different »zero gas« values can be set as
the nominal values. This allows you to calibrate different analyzer modules which
require individual zero gases. You can even set negative nominal values to compensate
for cross-sensitivity effects (→ page 142, §8.8.6).
● 4 test gases: For sensitivity calibration, you can set the nominal values of four different
test gases. You can also select which test gas is used for a certain measuring
component. Moreover, test gas mixtures can be used, to calibrate several measuring
components at the same time (→ page 117, §8.3.3).
● Data storage: The SIDOR can save a copy of all current settings and all internal data,
and restore these settings later (→ page 98, §7.13.1). Even the original factory settings
can be restored. Moreover, you can save all individual internal data on a PC and reload
them if required (→ page 99, §7.13.2).
● Remote control: The SIDOR can be remotely controlled via digital interface – either by
using the PC software MARC2000 (→ page 143, §9), by using »AK protocol« commands
(→ page 151, §10), or by using a »Modbus« interface (→ page 161, §11).
● Firmware update: You can update the internal SIDOR software via interface (→ page 102,
§7.14).

Product description
2.2.2 Analyzer modules

A SIDOR can simultaneously measure up to three gas components:
1 The basic SIDOR version measures one NDIR measuring component, using the SIDOR
analyzer module.
2 An expansion of the SIDOR module allows to measure a second NDIR measuring
component (option).
3 In addition to the SIDOR module, a SIDOR may include an analyzer module for the
measurement of the O2 concentration (option → page 24, §2.2.3).
Please refer to the instrument tag to see which analyzer modules are included in your
SIDOR. This information can also be indicated on the display (→ page 68, §6.3.5).
2.2.3 Analyzer modules for O2 measurement

OXOR-E (electrochemical cell)
The analyzer module OXOR-E is used for the standard applications of the O2 analysis.
The OXOR-E analyzer module is an electrochemical cell which is filled with an electrolyte. A
PTFE membrane is used to let O2 molecules diffuse into the sensor. At a metal electrode,
the O2 molecules are chemically transformed. This chemical reaction produces an electric
current which is measured.
Because the chemical reaction consumes the electrolyte, the O2 sensor needs to be
replaced after a certain period of use (procedure → page 176, §12.5).
The sensor life also depends on the composition of the sample gas:
● A small O2 concentration in the sample gas will effect a longer sensor life.
● Aerosols and high SO2 concentrations will reduce the sensor life.
● Presence of H2O in the sample gas is advantageous for the life of the
electrochemical sensor. Dry (H2O-free) sample gas might reduce the life.
OXOR-P (paramagnetic measuring cell)

The analyzer module OXOR-P is used for O2 analysis with advanced requirements.
The OXOR-P analyzer module contains a diamagnetic dumbbell which is suspended in a
magnetic field in such a way that it could rotate out of this field. An opto-electrical
compensation circuit is used to keep the dumbbell in a defined resting position.
The sample gas flows through the measuring cell. If it contains O2, then the paramagnetic
characteristic of O2 will change the magnetic field. This causes an adaptation of the opto-
electronic compensation, which is read by the software and evaluated as an O2
concentration change.
The selectivity of the OXOR-P module is based on the extremely high magnetic
susceptibility of oxygen. The magnetic characteristics of other gases are so small in the
relation that they do not need to be considered, usually. However, if there are sample gas
components which also have a relatively high magnetic susceptibility, then measurement
errors might occur. There are several methods to compensate for this error effect
(→ page 142, §8.8.6).

Product description
2.2.4 Cross-sensitivity and gas matrix effect compensation

Physical interferences
It may happen that a particular sample gas component disturbs the analysis of another
measuring component – by producing a similar measuring effect or by physically interfering
with the analysis. There are applications where this effect cannot be avoided, due to the
laws of nature or due to technical limitations. In such cases, the gas analyzer would not only
respond to the specific measuring components, but also to the interfering gas component.
As a result, the measuring results would be incorrect.
Cross-sensitivity
A cross-sensitivity occurs when the interfering gas component produces an additional
measuring effect. The main characteristic of a cross-sensitivity is that the analyzer seems
to detect the measuring component even when it is not present in the sample gas
(measuring effect at zero-point). A constant concentration of the interfering component will
produce a constant »offset« all over the measuring range. When the interfering
concentration changes, the offset will change accordingly.
Cross-sensitivity compensation
This effect can be corrected by using the »internal cross-sensitivity compensation« option.
This option requires that the SIDOR also measures the interfering component. In the
factory, a basic calibration is performed where SIDOR »learns« how these two
measurements influence each other. Thereafter the SIDOR software can compensate for
the interfering effect and will produce technically corrected measuring values.
In addition, the SIDOR can consider if the cross-sensitivity effect also occurs during a
calibration (when test gas mixtures are used) or not (when »pure« test gases are used
→ page 139, §8.8.3).
● If your SIDOR is working with an automatic compensation, please observe
the information in §16.1 (→ page 196).
● To find out whether your SIDOR is working with this option, read §16.1.1
(→ page 196).
2.2.5 Optional equipment

Some use possibilities depend on whether your SIDOR is equipped with a particular option
(see following tables). Please observe the individual order and delivery information for your
SIDOR.
Table 2 SIDOR options
Option Function
Built-in gas pump 1 Delivers sample gas or zero gas.
Protects the gas analyzer: The electrical conductivity of
Condensate sensor a liquid in the gas stream will generate a fault signal and
automatically shutdown the gas pump.
Monitors the gas flow: When the flow drops below the
Flow sensor
set limit value, the sensor generates a fault signal.
1 not available for the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3)

Product description
2. 3 Special features of the ATEX version

Table 3 Differences to the standard version (overview)
Function Difference to the standard version
measuring components ATEX version only available for certain measuring → page 26, Table 4
measuring ranges components and measuring ranges
meas. value outputs electronic output span = 4 … 20 mA, unchangeable → p. 84, §7.8.5
assignment of measuring components unchangeable → p. 82, §7.8.1
output ranges are identical to the corresponding → p. 83, §7.8.2
physical measuring range (unchangeable)
option »second output range« not available1 → p. 83, §7.8.2
output signal = 2 mA during »fault« status → p. 45, §3.7
option »voltage signal« not available
meas. value monitoring fault message »FAILURE sensor x« is given when the → p. 180, §13.2
measuring value is
– smaller than –10 % of the measuring span
(output signal <2.4 mA)
– greater than 199,4 % of the measuring span.
built-in gas pump option not available → p. 25, §2.2.5
control output after power-on, this control output is activated shortly → p. 69, §6.4.1
»extern pump« before the analyzer has reached its operating condition → p. 87, §7.9.4
conrol input not available → p. 89, §7.10.2
»sample value held«
self-test if a malfunction is detected after power-on, the SIDOR will → p. 52, §4.1
not go into operation.
main menu selections 3, 4, and 5 are hidden until being enabled via → p. 62, §6.1.2
code input
»Alarm« indications »Alarm« indication cannot be acknowledged (disabled) as → p. 70, §6.4.2
long as the measuring value is beyond the limit value
damping factory setting unchangeable (15 s) → p. 77, §7.5.1
dynamical damping not available → p. 78, §7.5.2
meas. signal window not available → p. 79, §7.5.3
measuring value outputs are displaying test values during calibrations → p. 85, §7.8.6
(»hold meas. value« feature not available)
drift reset not possible if the absolute drift has exceeded 50 % → p. 130, §8.7
digital interfaces safe application needs to be reviewed → p. 50, §3.10
external backup safe application needs to be reviewed → p. 99, §7.13.2
remote control functions safe application needs to be reviewed → p. 144, §9.1
→ p. 152, §10.1
→ p. 162, §11.1
1 consequently, output range switching features are unapplicable
Table 4 Certified measuring components and measuring ranges
measuring component measuring range / output range analyzer module
0 … 80 vol.%
CH4 NDIR
0 … 100 vol.% (→ page 24, §2.2.2)
CO2 0 … 60 vol.%
0 … 10 vol.% OXOR-P or OXOR-E
O2
0 … 25 vol.% (→ page 24, §2.2.3)
Notes on use in compliance with the examination certificate → page 18, §1.5

Product description
2.4 User Guide for the SIDOR
2.4.1 What must you do ?

To measure with the SIDOR, the following works are essential:
Install the SIDOR
– Check the ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
– Install the analyzer enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
– Properly condition the sample gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
– Connect sample gas supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
– Connect mains power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Start-up the SIDOR
– Power-on procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
– LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
– Measuring value display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
– Clarification of the menu-driven operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
– Levels of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Prepare for operation
– Switch on sample gas pump (built-in or ext. pump controlled by the SIDOR) . . . . . . . . . . .69
– Set the capacity of the built-in pump (option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
– Set the automatic span delay time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
– Set/check the calibration measuring interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
– Perform a calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Perform routine maintenance on the SIDOR
In general:
– Perform calibration at regular intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
– Maintenance plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Product description
2. 5 What can you do in addition ?

The following SIDOR functions can be used and adapted as required:
Menu language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Measuring value outputs
– Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
– Assignment of the measuring components 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
– Beginning value, end value and switch-over point of an output range 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
– Live zero-point (0/2/4 mA) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
– Selection of the output ranges 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
– Control input for external output range switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
– Output range status contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
– Function during calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Damping 1
– Floating average value computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
– Dynamic damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Programmable status and switch outputs
– Configurable functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
– Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Programmable control inputs
– Configurable functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
– Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Limit value contacts for »Alarm« signals
– Setting of the limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
– Configuration of associated switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
– Connection of the switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Automatic Calibration
– Possible configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
– Essential preparation (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
– Limit values for drift monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Digital interfaces 1
– Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
– Setting the interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
– Automatic data outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Remote control 1
– With MARC2000 PC software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
– With »limited AK protocol« (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
– With »Modbus« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Saving internal analyzer data
– Saving and restoring the SIDOR settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
– Saving and restoring data via computer 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
1 not available in the ATEX version of SIDOR or not covered by the ATEX certification (→ page 26, §2.3)

Product description
2.5.1 If you first wish to learn about the operating functions …

… you can do the following:
Provisionally start-up the SIDOR
1 Do not install the SIDOR analyzer in the industrial location, but bring it to a place which
is comfortable to work in, for example your office. Please leave the SIDOR gas
connections closed until final installation is complete.
2 Connect the mains power (→ page 39, §3.5).
3 Start-up the SIDOR (→ page 52, §4.1).
Familiarise yourself with the operating controls
Please read the introduction to the operating principle (→ page 57, §5.3). Have a look at the
menu system. You won’t do anything wrong if you pay attention to the following:
● Storing a new value requires to press the [Enter] key. Therefore, do not press [Enter],
but [Esc] to leave the particular menu. In this way, the status will remain unchanged.
● If you have started a calibration, do not press the [Enter] key when you reach the
Save: Enter menu point. Press [Esc] instead – because the calibration should
not be changed when working with the analyzer in a provisional mode.
If the SIDOR is equipped with a built-in sample gas pump and you switch on the
pump to check its function, please switch it off after a few seconds. It is not
recommended to operate the pump when the gas connections are closed.

Product description

Installation
SIDOR
3 Installation
Enclosure installation
Power supply
Electronic connections

Installation
3. 1 General safety information

WARNING: Danger in explosion-hazardous locations
The gas analyzer SIDOR is not suitable for the use in explosion-hazardous
locations.
b Only use the SIDOR in explosion-hazardous locations when additional
safety precautions have been taken.
WARNING: General danger caused by electrical current

b If you need to open the instrument for installation or maintenance
purposes: First disconnect the instrument from all power sources.
b If the instrument requires live current when being opened during
adjustment or repair: This work may only be made by specialists who are
familiar with the potential risks. If internal components are opened or
removed, parts may be exposed which contain current.
b If any liquid penetrated into the enclosure: Take the analyzer out of
operation and disconnect the power at an external point (for example, pull
the power plug). To have the analyzer repaired, report the problem to the
manufacturer’s service representative or an authorised skilled person.
b If the instrument can no longer be used safely: Take the instrument out of
operation. Secure it against an unauthorised start-up.
b Never interrupt Protective Earth connections inside or outside the
instrument in any way. Any such interruption may lead to the instrument
becoming dangerous.
NOTICE:
Before making signal connections (also when connecting plug connectors):
b Disconnect power from the SIDOR and form all devices which are to be
connected.
Otherwise the internal electronics could be damaged.
b Do not remove, add, or change any component in the instrument unless

such changes are officially allowed and specified by the manufacturer.
Otherwise the manufacturer’s guarantee becomes invalid.
3. 2 Supply schedule
Unpack and check
1 Open the transport container.
2 Remove the protective packing.
3 Please remove the components carefully out of the case.
4 Check if all required parts have been delivered with your instrument (→ »Supplied
components«).
CAUTION: Risk of injuries
The enclosure has sharp edges.
b When lifting or carrying the enclosure, please take care that you won’t hurt
yourself or others.
To protect the internal gas path, the gas connections are closed with stoppers.
Please do not remove these stoppers until you connect the gas lines.

Installation
Supplied components
● 1 gas analyzer SIDOR, complete
● 4 plug connectors with cable terminals, each can be mechanically coded
● 1 power cable, 2 m long
● 1 Operating Instructions
3.3 Mounting the enclosure
3.3.1 Mounting location, ambient conditions

● Temperature: During operation, the specified ambient temperature should be kept and
exposure to direct sunlight should be avoided. Otherwise the specified measuring
accuracy will not be achieved.
● Humidity: The analyzer should be installed in a dry and frost-free place. Condensation –
especially inside the analyzer – is not permitted. The permitted relative humidity is
0 … 90 % at 20 °C (68 °F), non-condensing.
● Cooling: Air circulation on the cooling fins of the enclosure should not be blocked.
● Vibrations: The installation location should be free of mechanical oscillation and
vibration. Especially low frequency vibration (for example, from road traffic or heavy
machinery) can disturb the measuring operation. Protect the SIDOR from hard shocks.
● Inclination: During operation, the enclosure base should be approximately horizontal.
Otherwise the measuring function could be affected.
WARNING: Explosion risk

b Observe usage limitations (→ page 17, §1.4.3).
3.3.2 Enclosure installation

The enclosure is a 19" chassis (3 HE) for integration in 19" systems (→ page 226, §19.1). It
should be mounted in a standard 19" rack or in a 19" housing.
NOTICE:
The front panel shall not be used as the only fixing of the enclosure.
b Use rack rails to carry the weight of the analyzer.
If another instrument is installed above the SIDOR, with an installation depth

which is not significantly smaller, then it is a good idea not to mount the
instruments directly one above the other, but to leave a vertical gap of at least
1 height unit. This may improve the conditions of temperature.

Installation
3. 4 Sample gas connections
3.4.1 Designing the sample gas delivery

In most cases, the gas analyzer is a component of a measuring system. A suitable design
of the entire measuring system is required to achieve trouble-free analysis, good
measuring data, and a minimum of maintenance. Important criteria are, for example,
correct choice of the sampling point, appropriate devices for sample gas supply and a
careful installation. These items are as essential to the success of measurement as the
analyzer itself.
For the ATEX version of SIDOR:
b Install a flame arrester in the sample gas inlet line. The flame arrester must
be certified for the respective usage.
b Minimize the length and volume of the sample gas inlet path (applies also
to gas filters and gas coolers).
b Set-up a sample gas flow which provides the analyzer with the required
response time (→ page 217, §18.3). Allowable flow rate: 36 … 120 l/h
(600 … 2000 cm3/min). Select a suitable sample gas pump.
The following schedules are examples for a proper sample gas delivery.
Figure 2 Sample gas delivery from an emission source (example)
1
SIDOR
3
M
5 6
7 4
M
8

Installation
Legend for Figure 2:

1 Sampling point: When extracting the sample gas from large containers or large duct
cross sections (for example, chimneys), the gas mixture should be homogeneous at the
sampling point. If stratification in the gas flow is expected, you should test the entire
cross-section of the gas stream to find the best location of the sampling probe. Please
observe the operating instructions of the sampling system.
2 Dust: You should always install a dust filter in front of the system to protect the gas
analyzer against contamination. Even if the sample gas can be expected to be free of
particles, it is a good idea to have a dust filter, so that the system is protected in case of
external troubles. – If the sample gas contains condensable components (for example,
water vapour – »wet gas«), then a heated filter should be used. There are sampling
probes available which include a filter mounted at the tip; in this case, a filter heating is
not required.
3 Heated sample gas line: Install a heated sample gas line if the temperature around the
sample gas line may fall below the freezing point, or if the temperature inside the
sample gas line may fall below the dew point of a sample gas component. This will
prevent sample gas line from being blocked by ice or condensate.
4 Sample gas cooler: In the internal gas path of the analyzer, none of the components in
the sample gas should fall below the dew point – because this would cause
condensation which makes the gas analyzer unusable. A sample gas cooler can be
used to prevent this effect (detailed information → page 200, §16.3).
5 Gas pump: If an external gas pump is installed, then the power supply to this pump
should be controlled via an SIDOR switch output (→ page 87, §7.9.4). As a result, the
pump would automatically be switched off as long as the gas analyzer is not ready for
measuring operation.
6 Fine dust filter: You should always install a fine dust filter in front of the SIDOR sample
gas inlet – even if another dust filter is provided in the sample gas path. This will protect
the optical system of the gas analyzer against immediate contamination in case of
system troubles (for example, when the other dust filter fails to work) and against slow
»hidden« contaminations (for example, caused by pump wear).
7 Zero gas: During a calibration, it is required to feed zero gas into the analyzer. In most
cases, ambient air can be used as the zero gas. The zero gas feed can be automatically
controlled if you set-up the required switch output (→ page 87, §7.9.4). This is the basis
for fully-automatic calibrations (→ page 121, §8.5.1) and it makes manual calibrations
easier (→ page 121, §8.5).
8 Test gas: A complete calibration requires to feed a test gas into the analyzer. It is useful
to have a corresponding gas connection point in the sample gas path.
● Calibration gases should flow into the analyzer under the same conditions
as the sample gas – which means, they should flow through the sample gas
conditioning system before they are fed into the analyzer. However, for
some applications special criteria shall be observed (→ page 195, §16).
● If you intend to use an NOX converter, in order to measure the NO+NO2
concentration with an NO gas analyzer, please observe the special
information in §16.4 (→ page 202).

Installation
Figure 3 Sample gas delivery from a production process (example)
SIDOR
6 9
11 11
7
10
8
12

Installation
Legend for Figure 3:

1 Sampling point: When removing sample gas from large vessels or duct cross sections,
the mixture of the sample gas should be homogeneous at the sampling point. If
stratification in the gas flow is expected, you should check the entire cross-section of
the gas stream to find the best location of the sampling probe. Please observe the
operating instructions of the sampling system.
2 Shutoff valve: Can be useful to isolate the analysis system from the industrial process.
3 Pressure reducing device: Brings the sample gas pressure down to the allowable
pressure for the gas analyzer.
4 Slipstream bypass (if required): Increases the flow from the sampling point to the
pressure regulator and therefore reduces the analyzer response time.
5 Relief valve or bursting disk: Protects the analyzer when the initial pressure reduction
fails.
6 Flame arresters in the sample gas flow: Prevents inflamed gas from entering the gas
analyzer, or that ignited gas from the analyzer can break into the process.
7 Dust filter: You should always install an external dust filter (fine dust filter) in front of the
system to protect the gas analyzer against contamination. Even if the sample gas can
be expected to be free of particles, it is a good idea to have a dust filter, so that the
system is protected in case of external troubles.
8 Sample gas pump: If the sample gas pressure is not sufficient, a gas pump is required.
Please pay attention to the following notes:
– If dust or particles can pass through the pump (e.g. through valve abrasion), then
you should install an additional particle filter after the pump.
– The power supply to this pump can be controlled via a SIDOR switch output
(→ page 87, §7.9.4). As a result, the pump would automatically be switched off as long
as the gas analyzer is not ready for measuring operation.
– If the SIDOR is equipped with a built-in pump (→ page 25, §2.2.5), you should use the
pump capacity menu to set-up the desired gas flow (→ page 103, §7.15.1).
9 Analyzer bypass (if required): Increases the sample gas flow to the analyzer. Install an
analyzer bypass if a quick response time is required.
10 Regulating valve: Sets the correct sample gas flow through the analyzer. (Might not be
required if the SIDOR has a built-in gas pump → page 103, §7.15.1).
11 Flame arresters near the gas analyzer: Prevent flames from escaping from the internal
gas lines.
12 Calibration gases → page 35.

Installation
3.4.2 Connecting the sample gas inlet

b For permissible temperature/pressure/flow of the sample gas see §19.4 (→ page 228).
b Connect the sample gas to the SAMPLE fitting.
WARNING: Health risk by poisonous sample gas
b If the sample gas is poisonous: check if additional safety precautions are
required (→ page 19, §1.6).
NOTICE:
b Before feeding-in the sample gas: check if the sample gas contains
chemical substances which could damage the internal gas path
(→ page 230, §19.8).
b Prevent that any liquids can enter the analyzer.
b Prevent condensation in the gas lines of the analyzer. If the sample gas
contains condensable components, then you should only operate the
analyzer in conjunction with an appropriate gas conditioning system
(→ page 34, §3.4.1).
b Always install an external fine dust filter to protect the gas analyzer against
contamination.1
1 Even if the sample gas is expected to be free of particles, you should install a dust filter as a safety filter to protect the
gas analyzer in case of external troubles.
Note for the ATEX version of SIDOR:

b Provide a flame arrester in the sample gas supply (inlet) line. The flame
arrester must be certified for the respective application.
For instruments with built-in sample pump:

● The maximum pump capacity is approximately 60 l/h at 10 kPa (0.1 mbar /
1.4 psig) vacuum.
● Pump capacity setting → page 103, §7.15.1. Factory setting: approx. 40 l/h.
3.4.3 Connecting the sample gas outlet

b Connect the OUTLET fitting to a suitable collection point (e. g. exhaust gas channel).
CAUTION: Risk of incorrect measurements
The sample gas should not enter the enclosure.
b Make sure that the sample gas outlet is surely led away.
At the sample gas outlet, no significant counter-pressure may built-up, and no
strong pressure fluctuations may occur. Otherwise wrong measuring values
might be produced.
b Make sure that the sample gas can »freely« exit the analyzer.
The pressure at the sample gas outlet should not be increased significantly.
Installing a throttle valve at the sample gas outlet is not permissible.
b Install a regulating valve (if required) only in front of the sample gas inlet.
Otherwise significant measuring errors might occur.

b If the sample gas is led back into an explosion-hazardous location:
Provide a flame arrester in the sample gas outlet line. The flame arrester
must be certified for the respective application.

Installation
3.5 Power connection
3.5.1 Safety information for power connection

CAUTION: Health risk
The electrical safety is only guaranteed when a working Protective Earth
connection has been made.
b Only connect the SIDOR to a mains supply which has a Protective Earth line
(PE).
b Only start-up the SIDOR if a correct Protective Earth connection exists.
b Never interrupt the Protective Earth connections (yellow-green cable) inside
or outside the SIDOR in any way. Such interruption may lead to the SIDOR
becoming dangerous.
CAUTION: Damage or malfunction by wrong power supply

The mains frequency must meet the data given on the SIDOR nameplate, and
the power supply voltage must meet the SIDOR mains voltage setting.
– If the mains voltage is too high, then the SIDOR can severely be damaged.
The SIDOR can be dangerous when operated in such a damaged condition.
– If the mains voltage is too low, the SIDOR will not work correctly.
b Check the power supply voltage setting (→ page 40, Figure 4).
b Adapt the setting if required (→ page 40, §3.5.4).
3.5.2 External mains switch

If the SIDOR power switch is not visible and accessible during operation:
b Install an external power switch which can switch on and off the mains power supply to
the SIDOR. Install this switch near the SIDOR.
b Indicate this switch clearly and unmistakably.
b Provide an external mains fuse for the SIDOR.
If the SIDOR is installed in a 19" rack or housing, then its power switch will no
longer be visible or accessible. The European standard EN 61010 specifies
that any fix-mounted device which does not have an individual power switch
shall be equipped with an external power switch.
After power-on, for a very short time, the SIDOR draws a much higher current
than specified for operation (approx. 40 A for approx. 5 ms). Therefore,
external fuses for the SIDOR power supply should have a slow-blow or delay-
action characteristic.

Installation
3.5.3 Connecting the power cable

1 Check the SIDOR mains voltage setting (100/115/230 V → Figure 4). If required, adapt
the setting to your mains power voltage (→ §3.5.4).
2 Connect the power cable to the built-in plug on the rear panel (standard CEE-22 plug
→ Figure 4).
3 Connect the power cable to an appropriate mains supply (safety information → page 39,
§3.5.1).
Figure 4 Power connection, power switch, location of signal connections
I/0
X1
CEE-22
100 115 230
100 V +10 %
-15 % 115 V +10 %
-15 % 230 V +10 %
-15 %
(85 ... 110 V) (100 ... 125 V) (200 ... 250 V)
3.5.4 Changing the mains voltage input (if required)

The SIDOR can be set to 100 V or 115 V or 230 V mains voltage. To change the setting:
1 Disconnect the SIDOR from the power supply.
2 Pull out the fuse box (→ page 41, Figure 5).
3 Remove the existing fuses.
4 One of the fuse holders can be removed from the fuse box. Pull out this fuse holder,
turn it 90° or 180° (as required) and put it back into the fuse box. The desired line
voltage window should now be indicated on the front of the fuse box.
5 Insert fuses with matching specification (→ page 41, §3.5.5) into the fuse holders.
6 Re-install the fuse box.

Installation
Figure 5 Power fuses / Changing the required mains voltage
3.5.5 Internal fuses

CAUTION: Health risk
As long as the fuse box is removed, there are free electrical contacts which
output the mains power voltage.
b Before checking the fuses: Disconnect the SIDOR from mains supply,
or switch off the mains supply at an external point.
CAUTION: Risk of fire or damage by wrong fuses

If wrong fuses are installed, a fire could possibly be started when an internal
component becomes defective.
b Use only those fuses as replacement which exactly meet the specified
values (type of design, switch-off current, switch-off features).
Table 5 Power fuses
Line voltage Fuse(s) part no.
110 V
T4A0 D5x20 6027999
115 V
230 V T2A0 D5x20 6026946
Table 6 Fuses on the internal electronics board
Identification Fuse(s) Part no. Protects
+24 VDC output
F1 TR5-F F1A0 6021782
(→ page 43, §3.6.4)
+24 VDC for relays, internal heating,
F2 TR5-F F4A0 6010712
internal gas pump (option)
F3 TR5-F F1A6 6026950 +5 VDC for digital electronics, IR source
+15 VDC for analog electronics,
F4
measuring value output, motors
TR5-F F0A8 6032017
–15 VDC for analog electronics,
F5
measuring value output, motors
Each analyzer module has its own overheat fuse (→ page 183, »FAULT:
temperature x (x = 1 … 3)«).

Installation
3. 6 Signal connections
3.6.1 Terminal connections

12-pole plug connectors are use for the signal connections. The supplied counterparts are
equipped with screw terminals and lock-in housings.
Each SIDOR connector has one blocked recess as a mechanical code for the connection.
On the counterpart, the matching edge needs to be removed (→ Figure 6 and → Table 7).
Figure 6 SIDOR plug connector
1 12
Table 7 Mechanical coding of the SIDOR plug connectors

Plug connector X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7
Coding on pin no. 2 3 4 5 6 7
NOTICE:
Before making signal connections (also when connecting plug connectors):
b Disconnect power from all devices which are to be connected to the SIDOR.
Otherwise the internal electronics could be damaged.
3.6.2 Signal cable specifications

b Use shielded cable for all of the signal connections, with a low high-frequency
impedance of the shield.
b Connect one side of the cable shield to GND/enclosure. Please make a short
connection with a broad contact.
b Observe the shielding concept of the host system (if existing).
b Use appropriate cables only. Install all the cables properly.
Otherwise the specified EMI protection is not guaranteed, and sporadic and
obscure functional problems might occur.

Installation
3.6.3 Maximum load

Maximum relay contact load
Table 8 Maximum permitted load for each opf the relay switch contacts 1
product version AC voltage (RMS) DC voltage current (RMS)
standard
max. 30 VAC max. 48 VDC max. 500 mA
ATEX
either2 max. 30 VAC max. 48 VDC max. 50 mA
CSA or2 max. 15 VAC max. 24 VDC max. 200 mA
or2 max. 12 VAC max. 18 VDC max. 500 mA
1 All voltage values referenced to GND/enclosure
2 at user’s choice
NOTICE:
Inductive loads (for example, relays or solenoid valves) may only be connected
if discharging diodes are provided.
b When connecting inductive loads: Check if discharging diodes are built-in.
b If this is not true: Install external discharging diodes (→ page 44, §3.6.5).
Maximum input voltage

● Peak voltage on the digital interfaces: ±15 V
● Highest permitted voltage at the opto-coupler inputs:
– Control voltage: ±24 VDC
– Peak voltage: 48 V
● Highest permitted peak voltage at the other signal connections: maximum ±48 V.
NOTICE:
Any voltage greater than 48 V (even fast peaks) could damage internal
components.
b Keep voltage peaks and wrong external voltages away from the signal
connections.
3.6.4 Outputs for signal voltage (auxiliary voltage)

An auxiliary voltage of 24 VDC is available at the connector pins »24V1« and »24V2«. This
can be used as voltage supply for external low-powered devices (for example, relays).
Both output pins are powered by the same internal voltage source; the permitted total
amperage is 1 A (24V1 + 24V2), protected by an internal fuse (→ page 41, §3.5.5).

Installation
3.6.5 Anti-inductive protection for the signal connections

Internal EMI filters
There is an EMI filter between the internal electronics and each SIDOR signal connection.
This also applies to analog measuring value outputs and digital interfaces; only the ground
connections (GND) are not equipped with EMI filters. These internal EMI filters must be
protected against high voltages.
Risks caused by inductive loads
Devices, whose internal electric circuits are equipped with coils or windings with iron core,
can produce a countervoltage which can be very much larger than the operating voltage.
Such devices are, for example, solenoid valves, pumps, electrical bells, relays, and
electrical motors. The countervoltage can immediately destroy an internal EMI filter. A
defective EMI filter can short-circuit the signal connection to ground (GND).
Protective measures
NOTICE:
b If an device is connected which can produce a countervoltage, and this
device is not equipped with built-in discharging diodes: install one or two
»discharging diodes« to discharge inductive countervoltage (→ Figure 7).
Otherwise internal EMI filters can be destroyed, which will make the entire
internal electronics board useless.
Figure 7 Discharging diodes as a protection against inductive loads
SIDOR
U~
max. 60 V FILTER
max. 1 A
max. 500 mA
M max.
max. 50 V
GND 34 VACeff
U+
M max.
GND 48 VDC

Installation
3.7 Measuring value outputs

Function
The SIDOR has four measuring value outputs which can be used for the different
measuring components (OUT1 … OUT4 → Figure 8).
● Operation: The SIDOR measures in a quasi-continuous mode. New measuring values
are generated approximately every 0.5 seconds.
● Measuring component: You can select which measuring value output is used for a
certain measuring component (→ page 82, §7.8.1). The default assignment corresponds
to the displayed order of the measuring components (→ page 63, §6.2).
● Output ranges: Each measuring value output has two different output ranges (settings
→ page 83, §7.8.2; range selection → page 84, §7.8.4). The working output range can be
indicated by a status output (→ page 87, §7.9.4).
● Function during calibration: During calibrations, the measuring value outputs can
either display the current test gas values or the last measuring value (→ page 85, §7.8.6;
not available for the ATEX version).
● Zero-point setting: You can influence how the measuring value output work at the
beginning value of the measuring range (→ page 79, §7.5.3). For example, this allows you
to prevent negative measuring values from being displayed.
● The measuring value outputs are galvanically isolated from the other internal
electronics. Negative electronic output signals will not occur.
Electrical signal – standard version/CSA version
● The standard signal is 4 … 20 mA; permitted load: 0 … 500 Ω .
● As an option, voltage signals can be set-up in the factory, for example 0 … 10 V.
● The electrical display range can be set-up for 0 … 100 %, 10 … 100 % or 20 … 100 %
(corresponds to 0 … 20, 2 … 20 or 4 … 20 mA; → page 84, §7.8.5).
Electrical signal – ATEX version
● The electronic output span is 4 … 20 mA; permitted load: 0 … 500 Ω.
● The output signal is 2 mA when the analyzer indicates the »fault« status.
Figure 8 Plug connector X7 (measuring value outputs)
GND IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4

0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA
R1 R2
R3 R4 R5 R6
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
no function 0 … 20 mA / 0 … 500 Ω
b Do not connect the minus pole of a measuring value output to Ground/GND. Otherwise
the galvanical isolation is no longer kept.

Installation
3. 8 Switch outputs
You can individually make a test for each signal connection without setting or
changing any of the SIDOR functions (→ page 109, §7.18). This allows you, for
example, to check the external wiring.
3.8.1 Switch functions

The SIDOR has 16 switch outputs which you can use in the following way:
● The switch contacts REL1, REL2 and REL3 are used for basic status messages (details
→ page 87, §7.9.4). This assignment cannot be changed.
● The switch contacts REL4 … REL8 and the transistor outputs TR1 … TR8 can freely be
assigned to any of the supplied status or control functions.
– Which switch functions are available and how the desired assignment are made is
described in §7.9 (→ page 86).
– A list of all the available switch functions is shown in §17.3 (→ page 206). You may
want to use this table to record your assignments.
3.8.2 Electrical function

● The switch outputs REL1 … REL8 are potential-free make & break contacts (→ page 47,
Figure 9 and → page 47, Figure 10).
● The switch outputs TR1 … TR8 are transistor outputs (→ page 48, Figure 11) which can be
used to switch an external load. For this purpose, the SIDOR auxiliary voltage output
should be used (→ page 43, §3.6.4).
● The switch outputs can be programmed to work under the open-circuit or the closed-
circuit principle (→ page 86, §7.9.2).
Transistor outputs can be used to switch a higher load than specified if an
external relay is installed between the transistor output and the load:
● Electronic shops offer various relay modules, for example with 8 electro-
mechanical relays each. Please make sure that these are equipped with
discharging diodes.
● Consider if solid-state relays could be better. Solid-state relays do not
require discharging diodes and can directly be connected to the transistor
outputs.

Installation
3.8.3 Contact connections (pin assignment)
Figure 9 Plug connector X4 (relay switch outputs)
REL1 REL2 REL3 REL4
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
NOTICE:
b Observe the maximum contact load (→ page 43, §3.6.3).
b Keep any voltage greater than 48 V (even fast peaks) away from the signal
connections (→ page 43, §3.6.3).
b When connecting inductive loads (for example, relays or solenoid valves):
make sure that discharging diodes are provided (→ page 44, §3.6.5).
Figure 10 Plug connector X5 (Relay switch outputs)
REL5 REL6 REL7 REL8
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
NOTICE:
b Observe the same safety notes as for plug connector X4 (→ Figure 9).

Installation
Figure 11 Plug connector X6 (transistor switch outputs)
GND 24V2 TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
NOTICE:
b To power these switches, use the internal auxiliary voltage source only
(24 VDC → page 43, §3.6.4).
b Observe the highest permitted load (maximum rating):
– for each individual transistor output:
≤ 500 mA (equals ≤ 12 W /external load ≥ 48 Ω)
– for the sum of all of the transistor outputs: ≤ 1000 mA (24 W)
Higher loads (even short-term or peak) will immediately destroy internal
components.
b When connecting inductive loads (for example, relays or solenoid valves),
make sure that discharging diodes are installed (→ page 44, §3.6.5).
Figure 12 Plug connector X3 (control inputs)
GND CIC 24V1 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8
4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 4.7 k
EF EF EF
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Alternative
GND CIC 24V1
–5 ... –24 VDC
NOTICE:
b Do not supply more than ±24 VDC for the control voltage.
b Do not exceed the maximum peak voltage: 48 V
Higher voltages could damage internal components. In addition, the safety
separation of functional voltages would no longer be guaranteed.

Installation
3.9 Control inputs
3.9.1 Control functions

The SIDOR has 8 control inputs. Each of the control inputs can be freely assigned to any of
the possible control functions (→ page 89, §7.10).
A list of all the available control functions is shown in §17.4 (→ page 207).
You may want to use this table to record your assignments.
3.9.2 Electrical function

The control inputs CI1 … CI8 are opto-coupler inputs (→ page 48, Figure 12).
● Activating: The logical function of a signal input is activated when current is flowing
between the control input connection and the common pole of the control input (CIC).
● Control voltage: ±5 … ±24 VDC. You can use an external voltage source or the internal
auxiliary voltage (24 VDC → page 43, §3.6.4).
● Polarity: The opto-coupler inputs are bipolar, which means that they can be controlled
either with positive or negative voltage; Figure 12 shows both alternatives when using
the internal auxiliary voltage: The common pole (CIC) is either connected to ground GND
(negative) or to 24V1 (positive).
● Galvanic isolation: The connections of the opto-coupler input are potential-free, i.e. they
are galvanically separated from the rest of the SIDOR electronics. However, the galvanic
isolation is no longer kept if one of the connections is connected to another non-
isolated SIDOR contact (for example, GND or 24V1).
● Internal resistance: 4.7 kΩ for each control input.
● External switch: Mechanical switch contact or open-collector output.
NOTICE:
b Do not connect the control inputs to voltages greater than 24 V.
Otherwise internal components could be damaged, and the safe separation of
functional voltages is no longer guaranteed.
You can test the current condition of each individual control input (→ p. 108,
§7.17.9). This allows you, for example, to check the external wiring.

Installation
3. 1 0 Digital Interfaces
Use of the digital interfaces is not covered by the examination certificate
(consequence → page 18, §1.5).
3.10.1 Function of the interfaces

● The SIDOR digital interfaces are serial interfaces (RS232C / V.24).
● Interface #1 can be used for remote control functions: SIDOR receives operating
commands and sends data and status messages on command via the interface. This
feature is available
– with the MARC2000 software (→ page 143, §9)
– with the »limited AK protocol« option (→ page 151, §10)
– with the Modbus remote control functions (→ page 161, §11).
● Interface #2 is used to send measuring and calibration data and status messages.
3.10.2 Connecting the interfaces

If you wish to use one of the interfaces:
1 Connect the external instrument to the related SIDOR interface (→ page 50, Figure 13;
more information → page 145, §9.2.1).
2 Set the interface parameters of the SIDOR and of the external instrument so that they
are identical (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
3 For interface #2: Select if the SIDOR should automatically give certain data outputs
(→ page 91, §7.11.2).
● A serial interface can only work if the interface parameters of all connected
instruments are identical.
● The SIDOR offers a function that allows you to test the data output
(→ page 109, §7.18).
Figure 13 Plug connector X2 (Interfaces)
RS 232 C #1 RS 232 C #2
GND TXD RXD RTS CTS DTR DSR GND TXD RXD RTS CTS
X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
GND RXD TXD CTS RTS DSR DTR GND RXD TXD CTS RTS
NOTICE:
Maximum peak voltage for the digital interface connections = ±15 V

Start-up
SIDOR
4 Start-up
Power-on procedure
Measurement preparations

Start-up
4. 1 Power-on procedure
A) Check/prepare
b Make sure that the SIDOR is set-up for your mains voltage (→ page 40, §3.5.4).
b Make sure that the sample gas supply system is working (→ page 34, §3.4.1).
B) Switch-on power
b Switch on the power switch, located on the rear side of the enclosure (0 / 1 → page 40,
Figure 4), or switch on the external mains switch (→ page 39, §3.5.2).
Automatic procedures after power-on:

a) LED activities during power-on procedure (trouble-free condition):
LED Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4 Phase 5
»Function« red/green red red red green1
»Service« on on off on off
»Alarm« on on off off off
1 when the operating temperature is reached and sample gas flow is established (gas pump on)
b) The microprocessor system is testing the SIDOR hardware. The display will show:
128 KB Ram & 1 MB Flash Memory ......
Real-Time Clock .....................
System Timers .......................
CPU Clock = 20.000 MHz ..............
Processor: AM188ES Rev.: B If no fault is detected, then OK will appear at the
Mainboard Version: ............... end of the line.
Startup-Code Version: xxxxxxx........
8 KB non-volatile Parameters RAM.....
Power-Supply Voltages & ADC .........
--- Tests finished ---
c) The microprocessor system is testing the data memory integrity.
➝ If the test was error-free: the measuring display is shown (→ page 63, §6.2).
b Continue with → »C) Wait for the warm-up time to pass«
➝ If an error was detected – standard version/CSA version: the microprocessor will
automatically recover the status which was saved after the last calibration (→ page 98,
§7.13.1), which makes the SIDOR operative again. Then the measuring display is shown
and the warm-up time begins.
b Continue with → »C) Wait for the warm-up time to pass«
➝ If an error was detected – ATEX version: the microprocessor system will stop the
power-on procedure. The following message will be shown on the display:
Parameter : Error
Continue with Enter
b Continue with → page 187, §13.5
C) Wait for the warm-up time to pass

As long as the internal operating temperature is not reached, the LED »Function «will be red
(at least for 2 minutes after power-on; status message: heating).
b Wait until the LED »Function« is green.
b Then wait another 2 hours for the internal temperature to stabilize.
D) Prepare for measuring
b → §4.2

Start-up
4.2 Preparation for measuring

b Before making important measurements: Check the SIDOR calibration – because only
a correctly calibrated analyzer will produce correct measuring values. Check the
calibration even if you have a brand-new analyzer (→ p. 111, §8).
CAUTION: Risk of wrong analysis
Without correct calibration, the measuring results might be wrong.
b Make a new calibration whenever
– the SIDOR has been switched off for a longer time
(for example, for more than 14 days)
– changes have been made to the SIDOR
(for example, when sub-assemblies have been changed)
– something has been changed to the external installation
(for example, the sample gas cooler)
– the SIDOR has been transported.
b If the SIDOR has a built-in sample gas pump or if the SIDOR controls an external pump
or a sample gas valve (→ page 86, §7.9): switched on the Gas pump function
(→ page 69, §6.4.1).

Start-up

Operation (general)
SIDOR
5 Operation (general)
LEDs
Keypad
Display
Menu levels

Operation (general)
Figure 14 Operating and display elements
7 8 9 Esc
Function
4 5 6 Help
Service
Alarm
1 2 3
0 Enter
5. 1 LEDs
After power-on, all these LEDs are temporarily illuminated (→ page 52, §4.1).
Function (green/red)
● A green light indicates that the SIDOR is operationally ready and the measuring
operation can be started.
● A red light indicates that the SIDOR is not operationally ready. Possible reasons are:
– After power-on, the operational temperature is not reached yet (→ page 52, §4.1).
– The SIDOR has detected an internal fault (for example, defective electronics)
– The measuring function is disturbed (for example, the sample gas flow or the
internal temperature is too low).
Function »red« condition corresponds to the status output signal »Fault« (→ page 87,
§7.9.4). In most cases, the reason for trouble is indicated on the display (→ §5.2).
Service (yellow)
If the »Service« LED is illuminated during normal measuring operation, a problem is coming
up. The measuring function is not (yet) affected by this trouble, but a service technician
should fix the problem soon. – In these cases, the »Service« LED corresponds to the status
output signal »Service« (→ page 87, §7.9.4).
The »Service« LED is also illuminated
– when a calibration is running (+ a certain time afterwards → page 125, §8.5.7)
– when the menu branch Service is used (→ page 62, §6.1)
– as long as the maintenance signal is activated (→ page 72, §6.6).
Alarm (red)
Is illuminated when at least one measuring value is beyond a programmed alarm limit
value. In addition, the following message appears on the display (example):
CO2 > 250.00 ppm
(= »the current CO2 value is greater than the alarm limit value of 250.00 ppm«).
● Setting alarm limit values → page 80, §7.6.1
● Programming the related switch outputs (→ page 86, §7.9)

Operation (general)
5.2 Status messages on the display

On the second to last display line, the SIDOR shows a message
– when an internal limit value has been exceeded (SERVICE: …)
– when a faulty condition or a fault is detected (FAULT: …)
– when an operating condition exists which affects the analysis.
If several status messages exist at the same time, then CHECK STATUS/FAULTS
is displayed instead. The list of the all current status messages can be found under the
Status/Faults menu (→ page 66, §6.3.1).
● Example of a status line → page 57, §5.3

● Clarification of status messages → page 180, §13.2.
5.3 Principle of operation
5.3.1 Function selection

● For function selection, the SIDOR displays various »menus« with several selection
options. The starting point is the main menu (→ page 62, §6.1).
● To select a particular function, press the related number key.
● Using the various menu functions, you can
– enter parameters (for example, limit values for »Alarm« signals)
– start routines (for example, calibration)
– test instrument functions.
● If a measuring display was activated when the analyzer was shutoff (→ page 63, §6.2),
then this display will be re-activated when the SIDOR is switched on again. To call-up the
main menu , press the [Esc] key twice.
Display of menu functions (example)

Display Operating step / notes
instrument status 2 ← menu number and selected function
1 status/faults ← These …
2 measuring ranges ←
3 signal outputs ←
4 alarm limits ←
5 instrument data ←
6 absolute drift ← … are the possible selections in this menu
Enter digit ← operation note 1
heating up ... ← status message (example; → page 57, §5.2)

CO2 492.15 ppm ← current measuring values 2
1 The operating notes tell you how you could proceed with the menu operation (here: select a number). To cancel a
function, use the [Esc] key.
2 Even during menu operations, the current status message (if there is one) and the current measuring values are
shown at the bottom line of the display.

Operation (general)
5.3.2 Keypad
Next to the numerical keys (numbers 0 to 9, decimal point, minus key), there are four
function keys for the SIDOR. They work in the same way as on a PC:
● [Esc] (Escape): Ends the displayed function and moves you back into the preceding
menu, without changing the instrument status. Pressing the [Esc] key several times will
bring you back to the main menu.
● [Help]: Gives you information on the menu or function which is currently displayed.
● [< ] (Backspace): Deletes the last digit of the current entry.
● [Enter]: Enters the input or displayed value and stores it as the new value.
● In many of the input procedures, the currently stored value is shown after
Status. When you have entered a new value, you need to push [Enter]
to store this new value.
● The SIDOR can give a signal tone for each keypad entry. The tone intensity
is adjustable (→ page 71, §6.4.4).
● Even during menu operation, the SIDOR is permanently analysing. This is
why the SIDOR may sometimes react a little slow to a keypad entry.
If you wish to learn about the operating functions, you can call-up menus and
[Help] texts as you like. As long as you don’t press the [Enter] key in an input
menu, you will not change any of the settings.
5.3.3 Menu levels

The SIDOR menu functions are sub-divided into »menu levels«:
● standard functions
● expert functions
● hidden expert functions
● factory settings
Standard functions
are categorised as the operating functions, necessary for routine operations of the SIDOR.
With this group of functions you can:
– check the instrument status on the display
– switch the sample pump on and off
– activate a status output to signal that maintenance work is currently in progress
– start or run a calibration
Description of these functions → page 61, §6.
Expert functions
are used for setting instrument parameters and for instrument testing. They are only
available after pushing the hidden key (→ page 74, §7.1). With this group of functions you
can for example:
– set the limit values for »Alarm« signalling
– set the power of the built-in gas pump (option)
– set the communication parameters of the digital interfaces
– set-up the automatic calibration routine
– enter the nominal values of the calibration gases
– test all of the inputs and outputs
Some advanced expert functions are located in a »hidden« menu branch which can be
accessed via a special key code (→ page 74, §7.1). With this group of functions you can, for
example:

Operation (general)
– assign a switching function to each of the configurable signal connections

– influence how the measuring value output works
– save all of the settings and restore previous settings
Description of the expert functions → page 73, §7.
● You should only use the expert functions when you are completely familiar
with the effects of the function settings and you understand the
procedures.
● If a »service block« control input is set-up and activated (→ page 89, §7.10.2),
then many of the menu functions cannot be used.
Factory settings
In the »factory settings« menu, factory-trained technicians can change basic instrument
settings. Access to this group of functions is not shown in the menus and they are only
accessible with a pass code.
The factory settings are not described in this instruction manual.

Operation (general)

Standard functions
SIDOR
6 Standard functions
Main menu
Measuring displays
Status messages
Pump control
Maintenance signal

Standard functions
6. 1 Main menu
6.1.1 Main menu – standard version/CSA version

main menu
1 measuring display ← standard functions

2 instrument status ←
3 control ←
4 calibration ←
5 maintenance signal ←
6 settings ← expert functions
7 service ←
Enter digit ← operation note
no messages ← status messages 1

CO 12 mg/m3 ← measuring values (alternating)
1 clarification (in alphabetical order) → page 180, §13.2
At first, the expert functions are hidden; access → page 74, §7.1.
6.1.2 Main menu – ATEX version

main menu
1 measuring display ← standard functions

2 instrument status ←
3 control ← protected standard functions
4 calibration ←
5 maintenance signal ←
6 settings ← protected expert functions
7 service ←
Enter digit ← operation note
no messages ← status messages 1

CO 12 mg/m3 ← measuring values (alternating)
At first, all the protected functions are hidden.
How to access to the protected functions
1 Press the decimal point key [ . ].
2 Enter the following Code: [7] [2] [7] [5] [Enter]
After that, the menu functions 3 to 7 are available.
When the measuring display function has been called-up, the protected
functions are hidden again.
If a »service block« control input is set-up and activated (→ page 89, §7.10.2),
then only the menu functions 1 and 2 are available.
Hidden functions in the settings menu → page 74, §7.2

Standard functions
6.2 Measuring displays
6.2.1 Combined display for all components

Function
This type of display allows you to see all current measuring values at the same time.
The display is updated every 2 seconds (approximately).
Activation
Select main menu → measuring display → all components.
The following should appear on the display (example):
CO ← bar graph display 1

120 mg/m3 ← current measuring value 2
SO2
97 mg/m3
O2
10.6 vol.%
← Press [Esc] to leave this display.

Operation: ESCAPE
1 Symbolises the magnitude of current measuring value, either in relation to the measuring range or to the output range
(selection → page 76, §7.4.2).
2 Possibly the measuring values are displayed more accurate than the specified measuring accuracy would allow
(→ page 76, §7.4.1).
● The display contrast is adjustable (→ page 71, §6.4.3).

● When a measuring value exceeds the internal calculation limits, then
the SIDOR will display a fault message. – This feature can be disabled
(→ page 81, §7.6.2).

Standard functions
6.2.2 Large display for one selected component

Function
You can select a large version of the measuring display for only one measuring component
– for example, if you would like to watch this measuring value more closely. The measuring
values for the other components are displayed in the bottom text line.
The display is updated every 2 seconds (approximately).
Activation
1 Select main menu → measuring display.
2 Select the desired measuring component.
The following should appear on the display (example):
← current measuring value 1
← units of measurement, measuring component
0 500 ← physical measuring range end value 2

← bar graph display 3
Selection : ESCAPE ← press [Esc] to leave this display
SO2 97 mg/m3 ← other measuring values (shown sequentially)

1 Possibly the measuring value is displayed more accurate than the specified measuring accuracy would allow
(→ page 76, §7.4.1).
2 The SIDOR displays measuring values which exceed the maximum values within limits, however, the accuracy of
these measuring values is not known.
3 Symbolises the magnitude of current measuring value, either in relation to the measuring range or to the output range
(selection → page 76, §7.4.2).
6.2.3 Chart recorder simulation

Function
The SIDOR can graphically show the trend of the measuring values, like the paper on a
chart recorder: Current measuring values are displayed at the top and »wander« slowly
towards the bottom of the display. In this way you can continuously monitor the trend of the
measuring values. The time scale is adjustable from 1 to 32 hours. The value range
corresponds to the current output range.
In addition, you can have the analyzer display the following values:
– temperature inside the SIDOR enclosure (numerical display → page 106, §7.17.2)
– sample gas pressure / atmospheric pressure (numerical display → page 106, §7.17.3)

Standard functions
Activation
1 Select main menu → measuring display → chart recorder.
Then a display like this is shown:
← on top: the current measuring values 1
14:15
← below: previously measured values
1 14:30 ←
2 ←
7
14:45
15:00
1 Beginning of the range = left
● If you do not see any measuring line, there are possibly no previous
measuring values available to display. Try selecting the smallest time
interval (see below) and wait for a few minutes.
● Moreover, you might not see »lively« chart lines when the measuring values
are constant (for example, when they are »0«), or when they are identical, or
if there are no measuring values activated to display.
2 Using the keypad, select which measuring values should be displayed:
Key toggles the display for the …
[1] measuring value of the measuring component assigned to output OUT1
[2] measuring value of the measuring component assigned to output OUT2 1 2
[5] measuring value of the fifth meas. component (not assigned to any output) 1
[6] internal temperature (0 … 100 °C)
[7] measuring value for the built-in pressure sensor (900 … 1100 hPa)
[8] no function
[9] all values [1] … [8]
[0] no values
1 if available
2 if a measuring component is assigned more than once, only one line will be displayed
3 Select the desired time interval to be displayed:
Key Effect
[Enter] toggles the time interval in steps: 1/32/16/8/4/2/1/32/… hours
[. ] shifts the time interval 25 % towards the past
[-] shifts the interval 25 % towards the present 1
[<] resets to default setting (starting time = present, interval = 1 hour)
1 if the interval was previously shifted towards the past
● These functions are also explained when you select the on-line [Help].
● If you want to determine which lines represent which values then try
switching single values on and off.
4 To exit this display, press [Esc].

Standard functions
6. 3 Status displays
6.3.1 Display of status/fault messages

Function
When you call-up instrument status – status/faults, a list of all current
fault and status messages is displayed.
Activation
Select main menu → instrument status → status/faults.
status/faults
heating ... ← The current status messages …

FAULT: condensate ←
←
←
←
← … are shown here 1
Back : ESCAPE To exit this display, press [Esc].

6.3.2 Display of measuring ranges

Function
Using the menu instrument status – measuring ranges, you can see
the physical measuring ranges. These settings can only be changed in the factory.
Activation
1 Select main menu → instrument status → measuring
ranges.
2 Select the desired measuring component.
measuring ranges
O2 0.00 vol.% ← physical measuring range beginning value

to 20.00 vol.% ← physical measuring range end
Reference gas
20.00 vol.% ← physical zero-point of the related
analyzer module
● To display the output range of the meas. value outputs → page 67, §6.3.3
● To set the output ranges → page 83, §7.8.2

Standard functions
6.3.3 Display of measuring value outputs

Function
The instrument status – meas. value outputs display shows which
measuring values are given via the analog outputs and which output ranges are set-up.
Activation
1 Select main menu → instrument status → meas. value
outputs.
2 Select the desired meas. value output.
meas. value output 2 ← meas. value output number
O2 ← assigned measuring component
4...20 mA ← electrical measuring span (output span)
0.00 - 25.00 vol.% ← physical meas. range of the meas. component
[1] 0.00 - 10.00 ← beginning and end value for output range 1
switch pt.: 10.00 ← switching pt. for auto. range switching 1 → 2
[2] 0.00 - 25.00 ← beginning and end value for output range 2
Switch pt.: 9.50 ← switching pt. for auto. range switching 2 → 1
active 2 ← current output range
● Assignment of the measuring components → page 82, §7.8.1

● Output range settings → page 83, §7.8.2
6.3.4 Display of alarm limit values

Function
The menu instrument status – alarm settings displays the settings of
the alarm limit values (→ page 80, §7.6.1).
Activation
Select main menu → instrument status → alarm settings.
alarm settings
component ef value
[1] CO2 > 360.00 ← […] = alarm number
[2] O2 < 12.75 ← < = alarm is given below the limit value
[3] CO2 > 250.00 ← > = alarm is given above the limit value
[4] Not in use ! ← this alarm limit value is not defined

Standard functions
6.3.5 Display of instrument data

Function
The menu instrument data offers the following information:
– individual instrument identification
– version of internal hardware and software
– built-in analyzer modules
Activation
Select main menu → instrument status → instrument data.
instrument data
instrument name:
SIDOR ← stored instrument name
instrument no.:
123456 ← serial number
hardware version: 1 ← electronic card version in your analyzer
software version:1.28 ← version of the software in your analyzer
sensor type 1-3
SIDOR ← built-in analyzer module (example)
OXOR ← built-in analyzer module (example)
Back: ESCAPE To exit this menu, press [Esc].
6.3.6 Display of drift values

Function
The »absolute drifts« represent the total drift over a number of calibrations (thus they do
not represent the difference between the last two calibrations).
A new summation of »absolute drifts« will be started
– after a drift reset (→ page 130, §8.7)
– after a basic calibration (→ page 132, §8.8.2).
● After a drift reset or a basic calibration, there are no absolute drifts until a
new calibration has been made.
● This also applies to brand-new analyzers where absolute drifts will not
appear before a calibration has been made.
»Absolute drifts« are referred to the displayed measuring values (including linearisation,
drift compensation, etc.). Zero-point drifts are related to the physical measuring span of
the related analyzer module; sensitivity drifts are related to the nominal value of the test
gas used during calibration.
Activation
Select main menu → instrument status → absolute drifts.
absolute drifts
zero-d span-d ← »zero-point drift« / »sensitivity drift«

CO 0.2% -2.3% ← (example values)
SO2 -1.0% -1.6% ←
O2 -0.7% 0.3% ←
Back : ESCAPE To exit this menu, press [Esc].

Standard functions
6.4 Control
6.4.1 Switching the gas pump on/off

Function
This function allows to switch the built-in gas pump (option) and the switch output »external
pump« (→ page 87, §7.9.4) on and off.
The gas pump will automatically remain switched off
– as long as the SIDOR has not reached its operating temperature *
– when the built-in condensate sensor (option) indicates »fault« condition
– when calibration gas is fed into the SIDOR (if this feature is activated
→ page 123, §8.5.4)
– if the control input »gas pump off« is set-up and activated (→ page 89,
§7.10.2).
* For the ATEX version of SIDOR:
The control output »extern pump« is activated before the SIDOR reaches its
operating condition (approximately 2 minutes). Purpose: When measuring
operation begins, fresh sample gas is in the analyzer. This prevents from
»Alarm« limit value indications triggered from old sample gas.
Setting
Select main menu → control → gas pump on/off.
gas pump on/off
Selection: 0=OFF To change the status:

1=ON 1 Enter either [0] or [1].
2 Press [Enter].
Status : OFF
3 Press [Esc] to exit this function without any
Input : ■ OFF
(more) changes.
Save : ENTER
Back : ESCAPE
then this menu is not available.

Standard functions
6.4.2 Acknowledging alarms

Function
For safety purposes, some SIDOR status messages will remain activated even when the
initial reason for the message does not exist any more. This applies to:
– the fault message from the condensate sensor (option)
– »Alarm« messages, if this characteristic is activated (→ page 80, §7.6.1)
Notes on the »condensate« fault message
If the SIDOR is equipped with a built-in condensate sensor (option), the message
FAULT: condensate is given when condensation occurs in the internal sample gas
path and/or when a conductive liquid has entered the SIDOR sample gas path.
It might happen that the condensate is only present for a short time, and after a while the
condensate sensor is »dry« again. However, some components of the SIDOR measuring
system might have been damaged by the condensate. This trouble should always be
checked. This is why the FAULT: condensate message is not automatically
cancelled when the condensate sensor no longer detects a fault condition.
NOTICE:
When FAULT: condensate is indicated:
b First locate and repair the source of the problem (→ page 181).
b Then go ahead and switch off the fault signal.
Procedure
1 Select main menu → control → acknowledge.
2 The status messages which need to be acknowledged will be displayed. There is a code
above each status message. A code letter identifies the current status:
Table 9 Code letters for status messages which need to be acknowledged
Code The cause for the status message is … The status message is currently …
– currently not present not activated
A actively present
activated (not acknowledged)
N currently not present
Q1 actively present acknowledged and deactivated
1 not available in the ATEX version of SIDOR
3 To acknowledge the status message: Enter the desired code and press [Enter].
You cannot acknowledge »Alarm« indications as long as the measuring value is
beyond the limit value.

Standard functions
6.4.3 Setting the display contrast

Function
LC displays don’t have a wide viewing angle. However, the display setting allows you to
adjust the visual impression. Just try which setting is best for your location.
Setting
Select main menu → control → display.
Display
Unit: value To change the status:

Min. value: 0 1 Enter a new value. The display contrast will
Max. value: 9 immediately change.
2 To save the value, press [Enter].
Status : 7
Input: ■
Back: ESCAPE
To exit this function, press [Esc].
then this menu is not available.
6.4.4 Setting the keypad click

Function
The SIDOR can give an acoustic signal on each keypad entry. The length of the tone is
adjustable, which allows you to adjust the intensity. – To disable the key click, set the
status value to »0«.
Setting
Select main menu → control → keypad click.
keypad click
unit: value To change the status:

min. value: 0 1 Enter the desired value.
max. value: 20 2 Press [Enter].
Status : 7
Input: ■
To exit this function, press [Esc].
Back: ESCAPE
If a »service block« control input is set-up and activated (→ page 87, §7.9.4), then
this menu is not available.

Standard functions
6. 5 Calibration (note)
The calibration function allows you to
– start or perform calibration procedures
– check the stored calibration parameters
– check the starting time of the next automatic calibration (if set).
All these functions are explained in a separate chapter (→ page 111, §8).
6. 6 Maintenance signal
Function
The status output »service« (→ page 87, §7.9.4) can also be activated from the keypad. This
can be used as a signal message to an external place to indicate that the SIDOR is not
working in measuring mode; for example, because maintenance is currently made.
Setting
main menu
1 measuring display
2 instrument status
3 control
4 calibration
5 maintenance signal Select maintenance signal.
maintenance signal
Selection: 0=OFF
1=ON
To change the status:
Status : OFF 1 Enter either »0« or »1«.
2 Press [Enter].
Input : ■ OFF
Save : ENTER
Back : ESCAPE ● Press [Esc] to exit this function without making
any (additional) changes.
● If a »service block« control input is set-up and activated, then this menu is
not available.
● This menu function can also be interrupted/cancelled by switching the
»service block« (→ page 89, §7.10.2).
Don’t forget to switch off the maintenance signal when it is no longer required.

Expert functions
SIDOR
7 Expert functions
Adaptations
Analyzer configuration
Function settings

Expert functions
7. 1 Access to the expert functions

Does not apply to the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3).
● Access to the expert functions for the ATEX-Version → page 62, §6.1.2
● General explanation of the expert functions → page 58, §5.3.3
● Hidden expert functions → §7.2
To access the expert functions, make the following steps:

Display Operation step / notes
any menu b Press [Esc] until the main menu appears.
main menu
1 measuring display
2 instrument status
3 control b Press the decimal point key [ . ]
4 calibration After that …
5 maintenance signal
main menu
1 measuring display
2 instrument status
3 control … the menu items 6 and 7 are available.
4 calibration
5 maintenance signal b To hide the expert functions: press the decimal
6 settings point key [ . ] again.
7 service
If a »service block« control input is set-up and activated, then only the menu
items 1 and 2 are available in the main menu (→ page 89, §7.10.2).
7. 2 Hidden expert functions

Some of the expert functions are located in menu branch 69. However, menu item 9 is not
shown in the settings menu. To access the expert functions in menu branch 69:
1 Call up the settings menu (→ §7.1).
2 Press the [9] key.
3 Enter this Code: [7] [2] [7] [5] [Enter]
After that, menu 69 is displayed, with all its functions available.

Expert functions
7.3 Local adaptation (localization)
7.3.1 Language
Function
Each SIDOR can display the menu texts and the »Help« information in different languages.
You can change the language at any time. Call-up the selection menu to see the available
languages.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 66 (main menu → settings → language).
2 Select the desired language from the displayed list.
7.3.2 Clock settings

Time
1 Call-up menu 611 (main menu → settings → clock → time).
2 Enter the current time and press [Enter]. When you press the key, the internal clock
starts with the entered time and :00 seconds.
Check also the summer time/standard time setting.
Date
1 Call-up menu 612 (main menu → settings → clock → date).
2 Enter the current date and press [Enter].
Summer time or standard time
With summer time, the clock is set one hour forwards. – Example: standard time 18:00 =
summer time 19:00.
1 Call-up menu 613 (main menu → settings → clock → std./
summer time).
2 Select standard time or summer time and press [Enter].
Time format
The internal clock can be set to display either in European 24-hour format (00.00 to
23.59) or in American am/pm format.
1 Call-up menu 614 (main menu → settings → clock → time
format).
2 Input the desired setting and press [Enter].
Date format
The date can be displayed in European format (day.month.year) or in American format
(month-day-year).
1 Call-up menu 615 (main menu → settings → clock → date
format).
2 Input the desired setting and press [Enter].

Expert functions
7. 4 Display of measuring values
7.4.1 Number of decimal places

Function
A maximum of five characters can be used to display a measuring value. And if the
measuring value includes decimal places, you can select the desired number of decimals.
The selection range depends on the number format of the physical measuring range end
value.
● If the measuring value display includes 4 or 5 characters, then the
measuring value display is more accurate than the real measuring
accuracy. Moreover, the last digits might permanently fluctuate even when
the measuring value should be seen as constant (within the limits of the
measuring accuracy/signal »noise«). This effect can be influenced by the
damping (→ page 77, §7.5.1).
● If you limit the number of decimal places so that the measuring value
display only contains 2 or 3 numbers, then you might possibly not be able
to notice slow measuring value shifts in time.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 623 (main menu → settings → measurement →
meas. value display).
2 Select the desired measuring component for the following setting.
3 Select decimal places.
4 Set the desired number of decimal places (select anywhere between min.value /
max.value).
7.4.2 Bar graph range

Function
You can select if the »bargraph« display (→ page 63, §6.2) represents the physical measuring
range of the related measuring component or if it represents the current output range of
the associated measuring value output (→ page 84, §7.8.4).
Setting
meas. value display).
2 Select which measuring component the setting should be made for.
3 Select bargraph range.
4 Select phys. meas. range or output range.

Expert functions
7.5 Measuring value computation
7.5.1 Damping (average value computation)

Not available in the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3).
Function
The signals of the measuring value outputs are updated approximately every 0.5 seconds.
In some applications, this may cause some problems:
– Rapid changes in the gas concentration will cause »leaps« between the generated
measuring values.
– If the current gas concentration fluctuates around an average value, this will produce
many different measuring values. However, you may want to see the average value.
You can reduce these effects by setting a »damping« value. When you set-up this, the
SIDOR will not display the current measuring values, but averages of the current and the
previous values (floating averaging).
● You can set the damping for each measuring component individually, e.g in order to
optimise the setting for each analyzer module.
● The damping effects both the display and the measuring value output signal.
● The damping is also effective during calibration.
In the ATEX version of SIDOR, the damping setting is fixed (unchangeable).
● Increasing the SIDOR damping value will increase the total response time
(90% time) of the gas analysis system.
● Reducing the damping can possibly increase the measuring »noise«.
● The response time of the gas analyzer also depends on the gas delivery
(for example, filter volumes and length of the sample gas line).
If you need to compensate for measuring value fluctuations without increasing

the response time significantly, try the »dynamic damping« (→ page 78, §7.5.2).
Setting
CAUTION: Risks to connected devices
If the damping is changed during measuring operation, it might happen that
the measuring values make a rapid change once.
b Make sure that this situation cannot cause problems at connected devices.
damping (el. T90).
3 Set the desired time constant.
CAUTION: Risk of wrong calibration
The calibration measuring time should be at least 150 … 200 % of the
programmed damping time constant.
b If the damping is increased or set-up for the first time: Check if the
calibration measuring time needs to be re-adjusted (→ page 126, §8.5.8).

Expert functions
7.5.2 Dynamical damping

Function
Dynamical damping is automatically de-activated when the measuring value is changing
rapidly and strongly. This allows you to »smooth out« continuous minor fluctuations of the
measuring value, while having an instant response when the measuring value is changing
rapidly.
The dynamical reaction is controlled by an adjustable threshold: When dynamical damping
is selected, the SIDOR is permanently comparing the difference of successive measuring
values, as generated from the internal process. If this difference is greater than the
threshold value, the dynamical damping is de-activated:
– If the differences continue to be greater the threshold value (which means that the
measuring values are still changing rapidly), the damping effect will fade out – after the
selected damping time constant has run down, the damping effect is completely off and
does not slow down the response time any longer.
– As soon as the differences of the measuring value come down and remain below the
threshold value (which means that the measuring values changes are small and slow),
the damping effect will gradually come back into operation.
In the ATEX version of SIDOR, the dynamical damping is disabled

(threshold value = 0.0 %, fixed).
Functional features
● The time constant of the damping and the threshold value are individually adjustable
for each measuring component.
● The dynamical threshold is always related to the measuring span of the current output
range of the corresponding measuring value output.
● The dynamical damping effects the measuring value output signal and the displayed
measuring values.
● Dynamical damping is also effective during calibration.
Setting the time constant

1 Call-up menu 6971 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] →
dyn. damping → integration time).
3 Set the desired time constant. (1 … 120 s).
Setting the dynamical threshold
dyn. damping → threshold value).
3 Set the desired threshold value. – Setting range: 0.0 … 10.0 % of the measuring value
output range (span). 0.0 = dynamical damping off (de-selected).
The calibration measuring time should be at least 150 … 200 % of the
programmed damping time constant.
b If the damping is increased or set-up for the first time: Check if the
calibration measuring time needs to be re-adjusted (→ page 126, §8.5.8).

Expert functions
7.5.3 Suppression at the begin of the measuring range (meas. signal window)
Function
In some applications it may be desired that all measuring values which are close to the
beginning value of the physical measuring range, are displayed as » 0 « (or as the
respective beginning value). This would »mask« measuring fluctuations at the zero-point.
For example, this could be used to suppress the display of negative measuring values, or if
the measuring values are delivered to an external control unit, to »turn down« the control to
zero in case of very small measuring values. You can set-up masked ranges
● separately for a range above and below the physical beginning value of the range
● individually for each measuring component
Masked ranges are effective for all measuring value indications concerned, i.e. for
● measuring values shown on the SIDOR display
● measuring value output signals
● digital measuring value outputs via interface
CAUTION: Possible effects on connected devices

● When operating with a measuring signal mask: Within masked ranges, the
displayed measuring value usually does not correspond to the true current
measuring value. As soon as the true measuring value leaves the masked
range, the displayed measuring values will suddenly change from the
»masked« condition the current measuring value. A similar effect will
happen in reverse direction. If an external controller is connected, these
effects should be considered.
● When operating without a measuring signal mask: The measuring value
displays will exactly follow the current measuring signals, even at the
beginning of the measuring range. Due to the limited measuring accuracy,
also small negative measuring values could be displayed. (This does not
apply to the analog measuring value outputs which cannot produce
negative signals.)
b Consider the effect of measuring signal masks on connected devices.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 692 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → meas.
sig. window).
2 Select the meas. component for which this following settings should apply.
3 Select neg. window or pos. window.
4 Set the end value of the masked range. (The beginning value of the masked range is
identical to the beginning value of the physical measuring range).

Expert functions
7. 6 Monitoring of measuring values
7.6.1 Alarm limit values

Function
You can set four limit values to monitor the measuring values. The associated »Alarm«
signal can be given when the measuring value is above the limit value or when it is below
the limit value. You can also decide if the »Alarm« signal remains activated even when the
measuring value is no longer beyond the limit value, until the »Alarm« signal is manually
»acknowledged« (→ page 70, §6.4.2).
When the measuring value exceeds a programmed limit value
● the LED »Alarm« on the SIDOR front panel is illuminated
● the SIDOR displays a message like CO2 > 250.00 ppm
● the related »Alarm« status output is activated (→ page 87, §7.9.4)
For an overview of all alarm limit settings, call-up main menu →

instrument status → alarm settings.
Setting
alarm settings).
2 Select the desired alarm limit value (1 … 4).
3 Make the following settings:
meas. the measuring component for which the following settings will be
component valid
set point limit value in physical (engineering) units
exceeds set pt. = »Alarm« will be given when the
measuring value is larger than the set point
under set pt. = »Alarm« will be given when the measuring
effect
value is smaller than the set point
off = the limit value is deactivated (settings are kept, but have
no effect)
off = the »Alarm« signal is shutoff as soon as the measuring
value is no longer beyond the set point
acknowledge
on = the »Alarm« signal will remain until the signal is manually
»acknowledged« (→ page 70, §6.4.2)

Expert functions
7.6.2 Overflow warnings

Function
The SIDOR monitors its own limits of measuring signal processing:
● When a measuring value is larger than 120 % of the end value of the related physical
measuring range, the following fault indications are activated:
– The LED »Service« is illuminated.
– The display message FAULT: overrange x is shown.
– The status output »service« is activated (function → page 87, §7.9.4)
● When an internal measuring signal exceeds the limits of the internal measuring value
processing, the following fault indications are activated:
– The LED »Function« shines red.
– The display message is shown FAULT: signal #x is shown.
– The status output »fault« is activated (function → page 87, §7.9.4)
You can disable these indications. You may want to do this if connected devices would
consider these indications as a malfunction of the analyzer, although it is fully working and
the real reason are very high measuring values.
Procedure
1 Call-up menu 693 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → meas.
signal effect).
2 Select the desired function:
refers to the fault message which is given when a measuring
no over range al. value exceeds 120 % of the physical measuring range
(measuring value warning)
refers to the fault message which is given when a measuring
no overflow alarm signal exceeds the limits of the internal signal processing
(overflow warning)
3 Now select the desired mode for this function:
OFF = automatic fault message is enabled (= standard setting)
ON = automatic fault message is disabled

When the measuring signal processing is beyond its limits, the measuring
values are uncertain. This should be considered as an interruption of the
measuring function, which needs to be identified (→ page 18, §1.5).
b Always keep these functions set to OFF (which means, keep the
corresponding fault messages activated).
7.7 Configuration of calibrations (note)

For information on menu branch 63 (main menu → settings →
calibration), please refer to §8.5 (→ page 121).

Expert functions
7. 8 Configuration of measuring value outputs

A measuring value output needs to be assigned to a particular measuring
component before you can make all the other associated settings.
7.8.1 Assigning a measuring component

Function
Each measuring value output can be assigned to one of the measuring components. You
can also assign one certain measuring component to several measuring value outputs.
Note: If you want to change an existing assignment, you must first delete the settings of the
related measuring value output. Otherwise your selection would be without effect.
Setting
1 If an existing assignment is to be changed: delete the settings of the related measuring
value output (→ page 85, §7.8.7).
meas. value outputs).
4 Call-up meas. component.
5 Select the desired measuring component from the available list.
The selected component is indicated by > .

Expert functions
7.8.2 Setting-up the output ranges

Function
The output ranges for the measuring value outputs have been set-up in the factory, but
they can be modified.
With the option »second output range«, each measuring value output can have two output
ranges which can be independently set. Please note:
– The difference between the beginning and end value of an output range shall be at
least 10 % of the physical measuring range end value. This limitation is automatically
set in the related setting menus.
– The output ranges should logically overlap. A »gap« between the output ranges is not
allowed.
– These settings can not change the physical measuring range.
– Output range 2 should correspond to the physical measuring range.
Setting
3 Select output range 1 or output range 2.
4 Set the following values:
begin value physical beginning value for this output range
end value physical end value for this output range
switch-up value = the measuring value where the analyzer
should switch from output range 1 to output range 2.
Usually this is the same value as the end value of this output range.
But you can also select any value within the displayed Min./
Max. range.
switch switch-down value = the measuring value where the
value1 analyzer should switch from output range 2 to output range 1.
The switch-down value must be smaller than the
switch-up value. Set-up this value in such a way that the
difference between the switch-up value and the
switch-down value is significantly larger than the specified
measuring accuracy of the SIDOR.
1 only for analyzers equipped with the option »second output range«
b Do not set-up identical switch values.

Otherwise the SIDOR would permanently be switching between the output
ranges when the measuring value is at the switch point.
● Standard difference between the switch values:

2 % of the related physical measuring range.
● Set-up a greater difference between the switch values if the measuring
values can be expected to be fluctuating or »noisy«.

Expert functions
7.8.3 Display of output ranges

To display the output ranges for each measuring value output:
3 Call-up output range list.
7.8.4 Selecting the output ranges

Only applies to analyzers with the option »second output range«.
Function
There are three modes of output range selection for each measuring value output:
● Fixed setting of the desired output range
● Internal automatic range switching (switching points → page 83, §7.8.2)
● External range control via control input (→ page 89, §7.10.2)
Setting
3 Call-up range selection.
4 Select the desired mode:
output range 1
output range is fixed
output range 2
auto. switching internal automatic range switching
ext. switching external range selection via control input
● The numerical measuring value display on the SIDOR will not be effected by
the output range selection.
● The bar graph display can be set-up to represent either the physical
measuring range or the current output range (→ page 76, §7.4.2).
7.8.5 Setting the »live zero« /deactivating a measuring value output

Function
Each measuring value output can be programmed to represent the measuring values
within the electronic span of 0 … 20 mA, 2 … 20 mA, or 4 … 20 mA. When a »live zero« is
selected (2 mA or 4 mA), the electronic signal »0 mA« can be interpreted as an general fault
condition or electrical disconnection.
You can deactivate each measuring value output. In this case, the measuring value output
permanently shows »0«.
Setting
3 Call-up live zero (mA).
4 Select the desired electrical zero-point for this measuring value output or select no
output.

Expert functions
7.8.6 Selecting the output mode during calibration

Function
During a calibration, the measuring value outputs can function in two different modes:
a) constant output of the measuring value that was last measured before the calibration
started (in the last selected output range); or
b) output of the measuring signals which are generated during the measurement of the
calibration gases. In this mode, the measuring value outputs show »raw values« without
any compensation; this allows to record the calibration gas values in a »raw condition«
in order to determine the »absolute drift«. The measuring values shown on the SIDOR
display do not exactly correspond to these output signals.
Setting
3 Call-up output assignment.
4 Select the desired mode during calibration:
calibr. value output of the current cal. gas values (output range 2)
hold meas. value constant output of the last measured value
7.8.7 Deleting the setting for a measuring value output

Function
This menu allows to delete all of the settings for a measuring value output. After you have
deleted the settings, the measuring value output will constantly display 0 mA.
For a short-time shutoff of a measuring value output, you could select
»no output« in the live zero setting (→ page 84, §7.8.5). In this way, all the
other measuring value output settings would be kept.
Setting
3 Call-up delete config.

Expert functions
7. 9 Configuration of the switch outputs
7.9.1 Functional principle

You can assign each of the configurable switch outputs (REL4 … REL8 and TR1 … TR8
→ page 46, §3.8) to any of the available control functions (→ page 87, §7.9.4).
You can assign the same control function to multiple switch outputs – for
example, if you need two separate switch contacts for the same operation.
7.9.2 Control logic

Switch logic (make contact / break contact)
The relay switch contacts allow you to connect the external switching function to a make
contact or a break contact. Use this feature in combination with the activation logic to find
the appropriate control logic for your system.
Activation logic (open-circuit/closed-circuit principle)
Once you have assigned a control function to a switch output, you have two possibilities:
a) Normal switching logic (open-circuit principle): In this case, the switch output is
electronically activated (relay is activated, transistor output conducts current) when the
assigned function is logically in the activated condition.
b) Reverse switching logic (closed-circuit principle): The switch output is electronically
activated as long as the related function is not in the activated condition. When the
function is logically activated, then the switch output is in the electronically inactive
condition (relay is passive, transistor output blocks current).
7.9.3 Safety criteria

b Before using the switching outputs, clarify the safety-relevant
consequences for the case of the following operational troubles:
– Power failure to the SIDOR (for example, local power failure, or
accidental switching-off, or defective fuses)
– Fault or defect in the SIDOR (for example, defect of a switch output)
– Interruption of the electrical connection
b Observe the switching method:
– Switch outputs which operate by the open-circuit principle will show the
assigned function as being non active, when a power failure occurs.
– Switch outputs which operate by the closed-circuit principle will
immediately signal the assigned function as being active, when a power
failure occurs.
b Carefully review the consequences. Make sure that no dangerous situation
can be created when a failure or a defect occurs.

Expert functions
7.9.4 Available switch functions (overview & explanation)

Control signals
Function name x Function (when activated)
zero gas x 1…2
test gas x 1 … 4 The matching gas should be fed-in.
sample gas
extern pump Switch on the external sample gas pump.
● After power-on, these control outputs remain deactivated until SIDOR has reached its operating
temperature.
● In the ATEX version of SIDOR, the control output »extern pump« will be activated even before
SIDOR has reached its operating condition (explanation → page 69, §6.4.1).
Status signals
Function name x Meaning (when activated)
failure 1 Internal fault or defect. Simultaneously, the »Function« light shines red and a
»FAULT« or »FAILURE« message is displayed (→ page 180, §13.2). Note: This output is
activated when no failure exists (closed-circuit principle).
service 2 A calibration is running, or the »maintenance signal« has been activated manually
(→ page 72, §6.6), or a function in menu level 6 or 7 has been called up.3 – This
function corresponds to the NAMUR signal »function monitoring«.
fault 4 Certain internal limit values are slightly exceeded. The »Service« LED and a
»SERVICE« message are activated. This function corresponds to the status signal
»service required« as defined by the German NAMUR requirements. – The cause
for this signal does not yet reduce the SIDOR measuring ability, however a
technician should correct the problem soon.
alarm limit x 1…4 Meas. value is smaller/greater than the alarm limit (→ page 80, §7.6.1).
calibration active Calibration is running.
auto. calibration Automatic calibration is running.
range x switching 1…4 Measuring value output x works in output range 1.
FAILURE sensor x 1…3 Analyzer module x is not operational (explanation → S. 181).5
FAILURE sens.ext. x 1…2 External sensor (analyzer) x is not operational. 6
SERVICE sensor x 1…3 Current measuring values from analyzer module x might be wrong
(explanation → S. 185). 5
SERVICE sens.ext. x 1…2 Current measuring values from external sensor (analyzer) x might be wrong. 6
CALIBR. sensor x 1…3 Calibration is running with analyzer module x. 5
CALIBR. sens.ext. x 1…2 Calibration is running with external sensor (analyzer) x. 6
flow sensor The gas flow in the internal sample gas path is smaller than 50 % of the
programmed limit value (→ page 103, §7.15.2).
condensate sensor Condensate is present in the internal sample gas path (same meaning as display
message »FAULT: condensate« → S. 181).
1 This function is permanently assigned to switch output REL1. If required, this function can also be assigned to
other switch outputs.
2 Is permanently assigned to switch output REL2. If required, this function can also be assigned to other switch
outputs.
3 Some of these menus will interrupt the SIDOR measuring function. That is why the status signal »service« is
automatically activated when this menu level is accessed.
4 Is permanently assigned to the switch output REL3. If required, this function can also be assigned to other switch
outputs.
5 Display of built-in analyzer modules → page 68, §6.3.5.
6 It is possible to handle a built-in analyzer module like an external sensor. Such a configuration can be set-up in
the factory (not available for the ATEX version). The status of such an analyzer module is separately considered,
and such an analyzer module requires separate calibration. For more information see the delivered documents.

b Use the status outputs »fault« and »service« to identify interruptions of the
measuring operation.
Use the table in §17.3 (→ page 206) to plan and record your assignments.

Expert functions
7.9.5 Assigning the switch functions

1 Call-up menu 691 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → signal
assignment).
2 Select a category:
relay outputs = switch outputs REL4 … REL8
transistor outputs = switch outputs TR1 … TR8
3 Select the desired switch output.

4 Enter the code of the desired switch function. You can find the codes in the help
information menu (press the [Help] key) and in the table in §17.3 (→ page 206).
5 If you want to reverse the activation logic: Press [ – ] [Enter]. (In the display, reverse logic
is symbolized with » ! «.)
Use the table in §17.3 (→ page 206) to plan and record your assignments.

Expert functions
7 . 10 Configuration of the control inputs
7.10.1 Functional principle

Each of the control inputs CI1 … CI8 can be assigned to any of the pre-defined software
control functions.
● Electrical function of the control inputs → page 49, §3.9.2
● Pin assignment (plug connector X3) → page 48, Figure 12
7.10.2 Available control functions (overview & explanation)

Internal controls
Function name x Function (when input is activated)
service block The main menu is reduced to the functions »measuring display« and »instrument
status«. Settings and calibrations cannot be made. A running calibration is
terminated. – Corresponds to the NAMUR control input function
»communication«.
pump on/off The built-in pump (if existing and if the pump has been activated via menu
→ page 69, §6.4.1) is switched off.
output x 1 … 4 Output range 1 is selected for measuring value output x (deactivated status
means output range 2). Caution: This works only if »external switching« is
selected for the measuring value output (→ page 84, §7.8.4).
no drifts 1 Drift compensation is deactivated (means that the measuring values will be
calculated on the basis of the last basic calibration). Applies to all displayed
measuring values and measuring value outputs.
sample value held 2 »Freezes« all measuring value outputs, to hold the value that is present when
this function is activated (»sample hold« function).
auto.cal. x start 1 … 4 Automatic calibration x (→ page 121, §8.5) is started. – These control functions
can be deactivated (→ page 125, §8.5.6).
Please note: If such an input is activated when the calibration is finished,
another automatic calibration will start.
cal. stop Interrupts a running automatic calibration.
1 without function in the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3)
2 not available for the ATEX version of SIDOR
External status signals
Function name x Function
zero gas x fault 1 … 2 If at least one of these inputs is activated, then automatic calibrations will not
be started, running calibrations will immediately be terminated, the »Service«
test gas x fault 1 … 4 LED is illuminated, and the switch output »fault« is activated. – For example, you
could use these inputs to monitor the pressure of calibration gas cylinders.
failure x These inputs can be used to connect external status signals. When the input is
fault x activated, the related status message is shown on the display (→ page 180, §13.2)
1…2
and transmitted via interface (→ page 91, §7.11.2) and the related status output
service x is activated, if existing (→ page 87, §7.9.4).
● You can reverse the logic of each control function (→ page 89, §7.10.3).
● Use the table in §17.4 (→ page 207) to plan and record your assignments.
7.10.3 Assigning the control functions

1 Call-up menu 6911 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → Signal
assignment → signal inputs).
2 Select the desired control input.
3 Enter the code of the desired control function. You will find this number listed in the
help information (Press the [Help] key).
4 If you want to reverse the control logic: Press [ – ] [Enter]. (In the display, reverse logic is
symbolized with » ! «.)
To get an overview on the programmed control inputs, call-up the their current
status (→ page 108, §7.17.9).

Expert functions
7. 1 1 Digital data transmission

7.11.1 Digital interface parameters

Function
These functions are used to set-up the parameters of the digital interfaces (connection
→ page 50, §3.10). Data communication will only work if the interface parameters of all
connected instruments are identical.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 64 (main menu → settings → interfaces).
2 Select serial inter. #1 or serial inter. #2.
3 Check/make the following settings:
baud rate Data transfer speed of the interface. Select the highest value that the
connected instruments will allow.
Standard: 9600
parity The parity bit (if used) monitors the character transfer.
Standard for communication with PCs: no parity
data bits SIDOR only uses characters from the 7-bit range (ASCII code range
0 … 127), but can also communicate in the 8-bit format.
Standard for communication with PCs: 8 bit format
CR signal Determines which characters the SIDOR sends at the end of the data
line (CR = carriage return; LF = line feed).
Standard for output on PC printers: CR LF
RTS/CTS The RTS/CTS protocol is a hardware handshake procedure between
protocol sending (SIDOR) and receiving unit, via the interface connections RTS
(Ready To Send) and CTS (Clear To Send).
● Please observe the notes on RTS/CTS protocol when operating
with BUS converters (→ page 145, §9.2.1).
XON/XOFF The XON/XOFF protocol is a software handshake procedure where the
protocol SIDOR reacts to the XOFF and XON codes (received via the RXD
connection). After switching the analyzer on or after a power failure,
the XON/XOFF protocol is activated.
● You can test the data output (→ page 109, §7.18).

● If the data transfer does not work even when all the interface parameters
are identical, try a lower baud rate (on all connected devices).
● If the interface still does not work even at the lowest baud rate, check the
electrical connections.

Expert functions
7.11.2 Automatic digital output of analysis data

Function
You can select what data the SIDOR will automatically transmit via interface #2 (hardware
information → page 50, §3.10).
Settings
1 Call-up menu 644 (main menu → settings → interfaces → auto.
reports #2).
2 Activate or deactivate the desired data output:
measuring ● Select the time interval for periodical measuring value outputs
values (1 … 600 seconds).
● To switch off the measuring value output, select 0 seconds.
status ON = the SIDOR sends every status change with a describing text
messages message (→ page 92).
calib. ON = after every calibration, the SIDOR sends the measuring
results values of the calibration gases and the calculated calibration values.
half hour ON = on every full and half hour (controlled by the internal clock),
average the SIDOR will send the average of the measuring values for all
measuring components, taken over the last 30 minutes.
Data output format

● Measuring values (example)
#MS 18.01.00 13:46:06 18.98 vol.% O2 883.6 ppm CO2 162.96 mg/m3 NO
#MS = header for the measuring value output
18.01.00 13:46:06 = actual date/time
18.98 vol.% O2 etc. = measuring value for measuring component 1, 2, 3, …
● Status messages (example)
#AL 18.01.00 13:43:11 01 ON calibration/maintenance
#AL = header for the status messages
18.01.00 13:43:11 = actual date/time
01 = message number
ON = status has been activated (OFF = deactivated)
calibration/maintenance= status message in text format (→ page 92)
● Calibration results (example)
#Kx 18.01.00 13:43:10 SO2 200.00 201.37
#Ky …
#KN1 … #KN2 = calibration data for the zero gases
#KP3 … #KP6 = calibration data for the test gases
18.01.00 13:43:10 = actual date/time
SO2 = respective measuring component
200.00 201.37 = nominal value, measured value
#NE 18.01.00 13:46:00 SO2 -0.81% -0.17%
#NE = header for zero-point and sensitivity drift
18.01.00 13:46:00 = actual date/time
-0.81% -2.17% = zero-point drift, sensitivity drift (→ page 68, §6.3.6)
● Half hour averages (example)
#HM 18.01.00 14:30:00 19.51 125.44 203.52
#HM = header for half hour averages
18.01.00 14:30:00 = actual date/time
19.51 125.44 203.52= half hour value for measuring component 1 / 2 / 3

Expert functions
Possible status messages via interface #2

message text message text
calibration/maintenance FAULT: pressure-signal
heating 1 .... FAULT: condensate
heating 2 .... FAULT: flow-Signal
heating 3 .... SERVICE: flow
FAULT: temperature 1 FAULT: flow
FAULT: temperature 2 FAULT: zero gas 1
FAULT: temperature 3 FAULT: zero gas 2
start control 4 FAULT: test gas 3
FAULT: controller 4 FAULT: test gas 4
FAULT: signal #1 FAULT: test gas 5
FAULT: signal #2 FAULT: test gas 6
FAULT: signal #3 FAULT: IR source
FAULT: signal #4 FAULT: chopper
FAULT: signal #5 FAULT: filter wheel
FAULT: electronic FAULT: internal voltages
FAULT: overrange #1 FAILURE external message 1
FAULT: overrange #2 FAILURE external message 2
FAULT: overrange #3 Interruption ext. message 1
FAULT: overrange #4 Interruption ext. message 2
FAULT: overrange #5 Service external message 1
calibration active Service external message 2
auto. calibration active Common alarm failure
sample gas Common alarm interruption
zero gas 1 SOV sample pt. 1
zero gas 2 SOV sample pt. 2
test gas 3 SOV sample pt. 3
analog output 1: range 1 SOV sample pt. 7
analog output 2: range 1 SOV sample pt. 8
analog output 3: range 1 pt. 1 value available
analog output 4: range 1 pt. 2 value available
external pump pt. 3 value available
SERVICE: zero drift #1 pt. 4 value available
SERVICE: sensitivity drift #1 FAILURE: sensor 1
SERVICE: sensitivity drift #4 FAILURE: sensor extern 1
SERVICE: sensitivity drift #5 FAILURE: sensor extern 2
FAULT: zero drift #1 SERVICE: sensor 1
FAULT: zero drift #4 SERVICE: sensor extern 1
FAULT: zero drift #5 SERVICE: sensor extern 2
FAULT: sensitivity drift #1 CALIBRATION: sensor 1
FAULT: sensitivity drift #4 CALIBRATION: sensor extern 1
FAULT: sensitivity drift #5 CALIBRATION: sensor extern 2

Expert functions
7.11.3 Printing the configuration data (text table output)

Function
You can output the SIDOR configuration (= measuring parameters and settings) as a plain
ASCII text table, using SIDOR’s serial interface #1 or #2 – for example, in order to print it.
The data is divided into the config. and config. 2 sections (→ Figure 15). The
data are provided in the selected menu language (exception: for Polish menu language in
English).
Making data backups → page 98, §7.13
Call-up
1 Call-up menu 71 (main menu → service → internal signals).
2 Call-up print config. (menu 714) or print config. 2 (menu 715).
3 To start the output, select serial inter. #1 or serial inter. #2.
Figure 15 Data output »print config.« and »print config. 2« (examples)

SIDOR configuration from 30.01.00 21:05:50 SIDOR configuration 2 from 30.01.00 21:06:20
========================================== ============================================
program version : #V. 0.28 from 30.08.2004 program version : #V. 0.28 from 30.08.2004
serial number : 123456 (79211) serial number : 123456 (79211)
release date : 01.01.00 instrument name : SIDOR
instrument name : SIDOR measuring values : 0 (6441)
enclosure type : 710 status messages : 0 (6442)
hardware version : 4 elect. connection : 1 (6423)
language : english auto. answer : 0 (642411)
options, hardware dialing mode : 1 (642412)
built-in pump : ON (79223) ampl.quotients sig: 0
pressure sensor : ON (79221) type step motor : 5
condensate sensor : OFF (79224) modulator freq. : 7 (79244)
flow sensor : OFF (79222) modulator type : 1 (79245)
options, software : 120 (79554)
remote control, AK: OFF (79235) quotients value : 0
sample pt. select : ON (79236) meas. component : CO SO2
meas. component : CO SO2 adc channel : 0 1
2nd output range : OFF OFF component index : 30 41
range ratio > 5:1 : OFF OFF --- : 21 21
compensation : ON ON decimal places : 2 2
calib. results : ON (6443) bargraph range : 1 1
AK-ID-active : ON (6422) no over range al. : 0 0
sample-hold amp. : 0 no overflow alarm : 0 0
semi-contin. mode : 0 neg. window : 0.00 0.00
back-flush filter : 0 pos. window : 0.00 0.00
dilution step : 0 concentr. factor : 100.00 100.00
AK-ID : 35 (6421) concentr. scaling : 100.00 100.00
pressure gradient : 0.0647 adc scaling [0] : 1.0000 1.0000
flow adjust. low : 0 adc scaling [1] : 1.0000 1.0000
flow adjust. high : 0 calculate zp-drift: 0.0000 0.0000
Counter: : 0 calc. sp-drift [0]: 1.0000 1.0000
flow sensor : 0 (79222) calc. sp-drift [1]: 1.0000 1.0000
gas pump on/off : ON (31) An. EmD, sDriftE 0: 0.0000 0.0000
pump capacity : 25 (651) An. EmD, sDriftE 1: 0.0000 0.0000
: 1200 (79246) Let. EmD, lDriftE : 1.0000 1.0000
meas. component : CO SO2 last zp-drift : 0.0000 0.0000
last sp-drift : 1.0000 1.0000
meas. compensation: 0 0 last zp cal. gas : 8 8
a : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 last sp cal. gas : 8 8
b : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 span delay time : 60 (635)
c : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 cal. meas. time : 180 (636)
d : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 cal. w/correction : 0 (696)
e : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 last zp cal. gas : 0
f : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 last sp cal. gas : 0
temp. correction : ON ON auto. calibration : 1 2 3 4
3 plug X 20 : ppm ppm auto. cal. period: 0 0 0 0
Lin-3 plug X 20 : auto. cal. time : 23:24 23:24 23:24 23:24
zero point : 0.00 0.00 meas. time : 60 (79562)

sensitivity : 0.00 0.00 meas. component : CO SO2
meas.value outputs: 1 2 3 4 temp. correction : ON ON
calibration : 150.000 150.000 150.000 150.000 zero point
meas. component : CO SO2 . . date zero gas1 cal: 21.01.00 date zero gas2 cal: 21.01.00
live zero (mA) : 4...20 mA 4...20 mA . . time zero gas1 cal: 02:29 time zero gas2 cal: 05:27
output assignment : 0 0 0 0 ADC results
range selection : . . . . N1 : -4.89e-02 -2.79e-01
output range 1 N1 : -2.89e-01 -2.77e-01
beginning value : 0.00 0.00 . . N1 : 15097.02 15097.02
end value : 100.00 100.00 . . N2 : -4.42e-02 -2.76e-01
switch-up value : 0.00 0.00 . . N2 : -2.90e-01 -2.89e-01
output range 2 sen. zg low temp. : 15097 15097
beginning value : 0.00 0.00 . . sen. zg high temp.: 14606 14606
end value : 0.00 0.00 . . temp. correction : -9.44e-06 -5.77e-06
switch-down value : 0.00 0.00 . . temp. correction : +2.74e-06 +2.45e-05
alarm settings : 1 2 3 4 sensitivity
meas. component : . . . . date span gas1 cal: 21.01.00 date span gas2 cal: 21.01.00
alarm settings : . . . . time span gas1 cal: 02:29 time span gas2 cal: 05:27
acknowledge : 0 0 0 0 ADC results
signal assignment : signal inputs relay outputs transistor outputs E1 : +1.03e+00 +1.00e+00
1 : failure! E2 : +1.00e+00 +1.02e+00
2 : service sen. sg low temp. : 15098 15098
3 : fault sen. sg high temp.: 14601 14601
4 : switch on pt. 1 temp. correction : +8.73e-05 -2.42e-05
5 : No. of sample pts.: 2 (6251)
6 : man/auto pt.select: 2 (6255)
7 : sample point : 1 2
8 : Sample time per pt.: 3000 600
(! = Logic: INVERS) Dead time per pt. : 5 5
Activate pt. : 1 1

Expert functions
7. 1 2 Digital remote control settings

For digital communication, the SIDOR interface #1 is used
(explanation, connection → page 50, §3.10; settings → page 90, §7.11.1).

7.12.1 Setting the ID character

Function
For use with digital remote control (→ §9 / §10 / §11), you can set-up an individual ID
character for each SIDOR. The SIDOR will only obey commands which include its own ID
character (unless this feature is disabled → p. 95, §7.12.2).
Setting
1 Call-up menu 6421 (main menu → settings → interfaces →
communication #1 → AK-ID).
The current ID character is displayed in two different notations: On the left – the ID
character; on the right – its decimal ASCII code; like M 77.
2 Enter the decimal ASCII code of the desired ID character (0 … 127).
3 Press [Enter].
! = 33 - = 45 9 = 57 E = 69 Q = 81 ] = 93 i =105 u =117
" = 34 . = 46 : = 58 F = 70 R = 82 ^ = 94 j =106 v =118
# = 35 / = 47 ; = 59 G = 71 S = 83 _ = 95 k =107 w =119
$ = 36 0 = 48 < = 60 H = 72 T = 84 ’ = 96 l =108 x =120
% = 37 1 = 49 = = 61 I = 73 U = 85 a = 97 m =109 y =121
& = 38 2 = 50 > = 62 J = 74 V = 86 b = 98 n =110 z =122
’ = 39 3 = 51 ? = 63 K = 75 W = 87 c = 99 o =111 { =123
( = 40 4 = 52 @= 64 L = 76 X = 88 d =100 p =112 | =124
) = 41 5 = 53 A = 65 M = 77 Y = 89 e =101 q =113 } =125
* = 42 6 = 54 B = 66 N = 78 Z = 90 f =102 r =114 ~ =126
+ = 43 7 = 55 C = 67 O = 79 [ = 91 g =103 s =115
, = 44 8 = 56 D = 68 P = 80 \ = 92 h =104 t =116

Expert functions
7.12.2 Activating the ID character / Activating Modbus

Function
You can determine if the SIDOR only reacts on remote control commands which contain its
own ID character (→ page 94, §7.12.1), or if the SIDOR reacts on all remote control
commands, independent of the ID character. – This menu function is also used to activate
the Modbus remote control functions (→ page 161, §11).
If you have a remote control installation for more than one SIDOR, using the
MARC2000 software and BUS converters for the interface connections, then
set the AK-ID-active to ON. Otherwise MARC2000 cannot
differentiate between the individual analyzers.
Setting
communication #1 → AK-ID-active).
The ID character will be ignored – the SIDOR will obey all
Without AK-ID
of the remote control commands it receives. 1
ID character will be observed – the SIDOR will only obey
With AK-ID
remote control commands with matching ID character. 1
Like With AK-ID, but in addition the remote
With AK-ID MODBUS
control with Modbus commands is enabled.
Note: In this mode, MARC2000 remote control functions
are not available (disabled).
1 Modbus functions (option) disabled, i.e. Modbus commands will be ignored.
7.12.3 Setting the installed connection

Function
This function is applies to data communication with MARC2000 software (→ page 143, §9)
or with the Modbus protocol (→ page 161, §11).
Several electrical connection configurations can be used (→ page 145, §9.2.1); set-up the
connection which is actually installed.
(Note: On the SIDOR, interface #1 is used for the connection.)
Setting
communication #1 → elect. connection).
2 Set the installed connection:
serial, single one SIDOR is connected directly to the PC via the interface
serial, bus several SIDORs are connected via BUS converters to the PC
modem, single one SIDOR is connected via modems to the PC
modem, bus several SIDORs are connected via modems and BUS converters

Expert functions
7.12.4 Setting-up the modem connection

Function
These functions are required if you have a digital electrical connection via modem (and you
intend to use it).
Settings
communication #1 → modem → modem settings).
2 Check/change the following settings:
auto. answer ● auto. answer off = the modem will not respond to
incoming calls. You will need to connect the telephone line via
menu command (receive call → page 97, §7.12.5).
To do this, you should be able to notice when a call is coming
(for example, by listening to the modem loudspeaker).
● after x rings = the modem will wait for the number of
rings to pass and then will automatically connect to the
incoming call.
dialing mode Adjust the dialing mode to the telephone system where the
modem is installed:
● tone dial = multiple frequency dialing mode (MFV)
● impuls = impulse dialing mode (IWF)
You can also change the dialing mode when dialing a number
(→ page 97, §7.12.5).
store setting Sends this command to the modem: »Store the current settings
permanently!« As a result, the modem will keep the current
settings even after being shutoff or after a power failure.
The modem connected to the SIDOR must accept standard AT commands

(Hayes-compatible commands). Otherwise the SIDOR remote control
commands will not work.

Expert functions
7.12.5 Modem control

Function
If you have a modem connected to interface #1, then you can remotely control its basic
functions from the SIDOR.
Actions
communication #1 → modem).
2 Possible actions:
initialisation Re-starts the modem and sends the settings for answering and
dialing mode from the gas analyzer to the modem. An existing
telephone connection will be disconnected, and the modem
will delete all existing internal error messages.
Caution: The abrupt disconnection could cut remote control
commands in the course of transmission, and make them
garbled. This can produce errors in the SIDOR.
dialing Calls up a menu where you can enter a telephone number that
the modem should call. – You can integrate the following
special characters into the telephone number:
● . (decimal point) = dial pause of 3 seconds (for example, to
wait for an »external line« when dialing from an internal
telephone system). On the display you will see a » , «
(= related Hayes command). You can enter multiple dial
pauses in succession, if required.
● - (minus sign) = switch to the alternative dialing mode
(→ page 96, §7.12.4). The SIDOR will display T (tone dialing
will follow) or P (impulse dialing will follow) – depending
on which dialing mode was previously selected. You can
switch the dial mode only once in a telephone number.
receive call The modem connects to the incoming call. To use this function,
you need to select manual answer (→ page 96, §7.12.4),
and you should be able to notice when a call is coming in (for
example, via the modem’s loudspeaker).
abort The modem will immediately disconnect an existing telephone
connection. – This will also terminate the remote control with
MARC2000 (if previously activated → page 149, §9.3).
Caution: The abrupt disconnection could cut remote control
commands in the course of transmission, and make them
garbled. This can produce errors in the SIDOR.
If a telephone connection was established from the SIDOR, then you need to
use the abort function in the SIDOR to terminate the connection.

Expert functions
7. 1 3 Data backup
7.13.1 Internal backup

Functions
● The data backup menu functions allow you to save a copy of SIDOR’s current
working condition. The data backup includes
– all individual settings
– all the individual SIDOR parameters
– the calibration at the time of the backup
SIDOR can save two backup copies: »last back-up« and »the second-to-last back-up«.
Both copies can be re-activated. As a result, you can save two versions of SIDOR’s
current working condition and restore either of these when required.
● In addition, SIDOR automatically makes a backup copy after each successful
calibration.
● You could also restore the original delivered condition (factory settings). This can be
helpful if the SIDOR is not operating correctly and you think that this could be caused by
unqualified or obscure settings: Just save the current condition and then re-activate the
factory settings to have »reliable conditions« for tests.
● Use for recovery measures after self-test error of the ATEX version of SIDOR
→ page 187, §13.5
● Saving the settings on an external computer → page 99, §7.13.2
● Text output of the configuration data → page 93, §7.11.3
Procedure
1 Call-up menu 694 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → data
storage ).
2 Select the desired function:
store data saves the current working condition as the »last back-up«
(previous »last back-up« settings will become »2nd last
back-up«)
last back-up restores the working condition of the »last back-up«
2nd last back-up restores the working condition of the »2nd last back-up«
after calibration restores the working condition which was automatically
saved after the latest successful calibration procedure
factory settings restores the original factory-delivered condition
When you restore a »back-up« condition, you will loose all recent changes of
SIDOR’s settings – unless you have saved these settings before, by using
store data or send data (→ page 99, §7.13.2).
3 Press [Enter] to start the procedure.

Expert functions
7.13.2 External backup (data transfer)

The external backup function is not covered by the examination certificate
Functions
The data transfer menu allows you to transmit the SIDOR configuration
(= measuring parameters and settings) to a PC (download) and reload the data into the
SIDOR (upload). The data is stored in a hex-coded file with a size of some kilobytes.
Possible uses include:
● You can generate a back-up copy of all data and reload the data into the SIDOR if
required – for example, after a major breakdown.
● When the SIDOR electronic card or the memory module needed to be replaced, you can
reload the individual data into the new electronics.
b Do not use the data transfer function to copy the data of one
SIDOR into another SIDOR.
These data include parameters which depend on the individual characteristics
of the built-in analyzer modules. Even if analyzers are equipped with exactly
the same types of modules, their internal data sets will be different. A SIDOR
will not work correctly with »foreign« data loaded.
● Plain text output of the configuration data → page 93, §7.11.3

● Loading the internal software (firmware) → page 102, §7.14
Requirements
For the data transfer you need:
● a computer with a RS232 serial interface
● a connecting cable to interface #1 of the SIDOR (→ page 50, §3.10.2)
● a program which can operate the data transfer between computer and the connected
analyzer (MARC2000 or a terminal program).
One of the programs you could use is »HyperTerminal« which is provided with
the Windows operating system. HyperTerminal can be started without making
a connection. This allows you to call-up HyperTerminal’s Help function, in order
to become familiar with the program.
Preparations
● If you intend to upload data into the SIDOR, you may want to save its current status first
– because the upload data will replace your current settings.
Internal backup function: data backup (→ page 98, §7.13.1)
External backup function: send data (→ page 100).
● Connect the SIDOR serial interface #1 to the computer (→ page 50, §3.10).
● In the computer: Start the terminal program and adjust it as follows:
– Interface parameters: same as for the SIDOR (→ page 90, §7.11.1)
– Data transfer format: data should be transferred as ASCII data (not as binary data)
In HyperTerminal, there is no optional preset for the data transfer format.

Expert functions
Data backup procedure

Use this procedure to save SIDOR’s current data:
In the SIDOR In the terminal program
1 Start-up the interface connection to the
SIDOR.
2 Call-up menu 695 (main menu →
settings → [9] → [Code] →
data transfer).
3 Select send data.
4 Start data recording for ASCII data.1
5 Press [Enter]
(this will start the data transfer).
6 Wait until SIDOR indicates that the data
transfer is finished (takes 40 seconds at
least).
7 Stop data recording.2
1 In HyperTerminal: Transfer → Capture text… → select desired file location (folder) and enter the desired file name for
SIDOR’s backup data → [Start]
2 In HyperTerminal: Transfer → Capture text… → Stop
b To finish with data recording, always use the corresponding menu

command of the terminal program.
If the terminal program is just being closed instead, the recorded file may
become useless (file not correctly closed).
Data restore procedure

Use this procedure to restore SIDOR’s data from a backup file:
In the SIDOR In the terminal program
1 Start-up the interface connection to the
SIDOR.
2 Call-up menu 695 (main menu →
settings → [9] → [Code] →
data transfer).
3 Select receive data.
4 Press [Enter]
(makes SIDOR ready to receive data).
5 Send the SIDOR data backup file as an
ASCII text file.1
6 Wait until SIDOR indicates that the data
transfer is finished (takes 40 seconds at
least).2
1 In HyperTerminal: Transfer → Send Text File… Æ select the desired file → [Open]
2 display messages → page 101

Expert functions
Error messages of the data restore procedure

SIDOR’s receive data function will automatically check the data transfer. If an error
occurs, the data transfer is terminated and the trouble is indicated on the display:
Display message Meaning Remedy
--OK-- the data transfer –
was successful
READ-TIMER no characters Check the electrical connection
received (plug connectors, cables).
READ-BREAK error occurred Make transmission delay settings in the
READ-ERROR during character terminal program. Proceed as follows:
READ-CHAR transmission 1 First set a line delay; use the least available
value. Then try the data transfer again.
2 If this did not help, increase the line delay
step-by-step, up to approx. 10 ms.
3 If this did not help: Reset the line delay.
Instead, set a character delay. Start with the
least available value.
4 If this did not help, increase the character
delay step-by-step until the data transfer
works.
● Transmission delays will increase the time required for the data transfer.
Example: With a character delay of 10 ms, the data transfer will take
approx. 3 minutes.
● In some computers, the real delay is much greater then the set value.

Expert functions
7. 1 4 Firmware update
Function
You can load the SIDOR’s internal software (firmware) from a PC into the SIDOR – for
example, to install an new firmware version. You will need:
– a PC with a RS232 serial interface and the operating system Windows 3.X/95/98/
2000/XP
– a connecting cable to the SIDOR interface #1
– the upload program FLASHSID.EXE
– a current version of the file SID.BIN (contains the SIDOR firmware)
Interface connection
Three interface lines are required:
Figure 16 Minimum interface connection for the program loader function
SIDOR X2 COMx PC
3 3 2
RXD TXD
2 2 3
TXD RXD
GND 1 5 7 GND
● Please use a shielded cable.

● Cable length should not exceed approx. 2 meters (7 feet).
● You do not need to adjust the interface parameters – this will automatically be done by
the upload program.
Procedure
1 Connect the PC to the SIDOR serial interface #1 (→ page 50, §3.10.2).
2 In the PC: Place the files FLASHSID.EXE and SID.BIN in the same folder/directory.
As long as the program loader function is activated, the SIDOR is not
performing any measuring operation.
3 In the SIDOR: Call-up menu 76 ( main menu → service → program
loader) and start the function with [Enter].
– The SIDOR will show a message: waiting for data communication.
4 In the PC: Start FLASHSID.EXE.
– The PC will show the messages of the upload program. The estimated remaining
upload time is indicated.
– The SIDOR software is divided into several »blocks«. The upload program will check
which blocks need to be updated and will only upload the new blocks.
– When the upload procedure has been completed, the SIDOR will re-boot.
5 Wait until the main menu is shown on the SIDOR display. Then the SIDOR is ready
for use again.
6 Press [Enter] to start the procedure.

Expert functions
7 . 15 Flow adjustment and monitoring
7.15.1 Setting the capacity of the gas pump

Applies only to analyzers which include the option »built-in gas pump«.
Function
Using this menu function, you can change the internal power supply to the built-in sample
gas pump. This allows you to set the delivery capacity of the pump.
If the SIDOR has a built-in gas pump, it is recommended to use this function to
set the desired gas flow rate. It is more useful than operating the pump at full
power and then reducing the flow with a regulating valve. When the load on the
pump is reduced, it will have a longer life.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 651 (main menu → settings → gas flow → pump
capacity).
2 Set the status value which gives the desired flow.
7.15.2 Setting the flow monitor set point

Applies only to analyzers which include the option »flow sensor«.
Function
The flow sensor generates a fault signal when the sample gas flow in the SIDOR is below
the selected flow limit. This allows you to monitor the sample gas flow.
The fault indication works in two levels:
1 When the flow is only slightly below the flow limit, the SIDOR will give the status
message SERVICE: gas flow (the LED »Service« and the status output
»service required« will be activated simultaneously).
2 When the flow is significantly below the flow limit (less than 50 % of the set limit value),
then FAULT: gas flow will be displayed (the »Function« LED is red and the
status outputs »failure« and »service« will be activated).
Setting
1 Call-up menu 652 (main menu → settings → gas flow → flow
limit value).
2 Set the desired limit value. The setting will approximately correspond to the flow in liters
per hour (the exact relation depends on each individual flow sensor).
If you need an accurate setting:
1 Connect an external flowmeter to the sample gas outlet.
2 Adjust the actual gas flow to the desired flow limit.
3 Use the menu 652 settings by trial and error to determine the limit value
where the SIDOR just activates the SERVICE: gas flow
message.

Expert functions
7.15.3 Calibrating the flow sensor

Function
If advanced flow monitor precision is desired, the flow sensor can be calibrated. An
external flowmeter is required for the procedure.
Procedure
1 Connect a flowmeter to SIDOR’s sample gas path, in order to measure the sample gas
flow (for example, at the sample gas outlet).
flow sensor).
3 Follow the displayed instructions:
a) Set the flow to 0.0 l/h (in other words: stop it completely).
b) Wait until the displayed ADC value is constant (takes approx. 5 minutes).
c) Press [Enter].
d) Set the flow to 30.0 l/h (500 cm3/min).
e) Wait again until the displayed ADC value is constant.
f) Press [Enter].
7. 1 6 Pressure sensor adjustment

Function
The internal pressure sensor can be adjusted to a certain pressure. As a result, the
precision of the pressure measurement is optimized around this pressure.
The procedure requires to enter the actual gas pressure which exists in SIDOR’s sample
gas path. An easy way is to use the actual atmospheric pressure, while having SIDOR’s
sample gas outlet open to the ambient air.
Procedure
b Keep the gas pressure in SIDOR’s sample gas path constant during this
procedure.

pressure sensor).
2 Enter the pressure which currently exists in the SIDOR sample gas path.
Menu 7113 allows you to check the pressure measurement (→ page 106,
§7.17.3).

Expert functions
7 . 17 Checking internal values and conditions
7.17.1 Measuring signals for the measuring components

Function
For service purposes, you can check the current measuring signals for all measuring
components. The display will show »ADC values«: These are the digitized internal
measuring signals from the analyzer modules, thus the input signals of the digital
processing. ADC values include analog amplification of the measuring signals, but no
digital computation or correction.
The analog amplifications are variable. The optimum amplification for the
measuring signals in the analyzer module is determined during a basic
calibration.
Typical values
● The ADC values will permanently fluctuate somewhat, even if the measuring values are
is constant.
● When the measuring range end value is measured (which means, when the matching
test gas flows through the analyzer module), »optimum« ADC values are in the range of
18000 … 24000. This is should be true directly after a basic calibration.
● If ADC values below 10000 are displayed for the measuring range end
value, then a basic calibration should be made, in order to re-optimise the
measuring value processing (→ page 132, §8.8.2).
● If the ADC value remains constant for an extended period of time, then the
analyzer module is possibly defective, or the electrical connection is
interrupted.
Call-up
Call-up menu 7111 (main menu → service → internal signals →
analog signals → meas. signals).

Expert functions
7.17.2 Status of the internal controller

Function
This control function shows the actual condition of the internal controllers:
● Controllers 1, 2, and 3 are used for temperature control of the analyzer modules.
● Controller 4 does not have a function at this time (reserved for future applications).
Call-up
1 Call-up menu 7112 (main menu → service → internal signals →
analog signals → controller).
2 Select the desired controller (1 … 4).
value actual measuring value of the sensor
set point set point (factory setting)
counter time delay of the temperature monitor (in seconds). When the actual
temperature is outside of the nominal range, the counter will advance 1
each second. If the counter exceeds 12, then the message FAULT:
temperature will appear. As soon as the temperature returns to
nominal range, the counter begins counting backwards.
After power-on, the counter starts with 128.
cycle current on/off ratio for the controller, in % (minimum value = 0.0,
maximum value = 99.9)
not = the controller electronics are physically not present, or the controller
available is not activated in the software.
7.17.3 Display of the internal analog signals

Function
This function displays the actual signals of the internal sensors.
Call-up
analog signals → extra sensors).
pressure hPA measuring value of the built-in pressure sensor (option)

flow % measuring value of the flow sensor (option → page 103, §7.15.2)
source V supply voltage of the infrared source in the analyzer module SIDOR
(standard range: 6.0 … 7.5 V)
external 1 V
no function
external 2 V

Expert functions
7.17.4 Internal supply voltages

Function
This control function displays a list of the internal supply voltages. The left column shows
the nominal values, the right column shows the current real values.
If a real value is out of the allowable range, FAULT: int.voltage is displayed. In
such cases you may want to use this control function to locate the source of trouble.
Call-up
analog signals → supply voltages).
Table 10 Internal supply voltages
nominal value allowable real value
+24 V 18.0 … 30.0 V
+24 V ext1 18.0 … 30.0 V
+15 V 14.0 … 16.0 V
–
–15 V –14.0 … V
16.0
+12 V 9.5 … 16.5 V
+5 V 4.5 … 5.5 V
–5 V –4.5 … –5.5 V
0 V –0.2 … 0.2 V
1 applies to auxiliary voltage outputs (→ page 48, Figure 11 and → page 48, Figure 12)
Internal fuses → page 41, §3.5.5
7.17.5 Service display of the internal analog signals

Function
The overview function displays the actual internal analog signals. These values can
help a manufacturer’s service technician to diagnose the reason for an instrument
malfunction. Which signals are shown depends on the individual SIDOR configuration.
Call-up
analog signals → overview).
7.17.6 Service display of detector signals (scope)

Function
The scope function provides a graphic display of actual measuring signals from the
SIDOR analyzer module. These displays may help a service technician to check the
measuring system.
Call-up
analog signals → scope).
2 To switch over to the next signal, press [Enter].

Expert functions
7.17.7 Bridge adjustment

Function
At present without function.
Call-up
bridge setting).
7.17.8 Linearisation values

Function
The linearisation values represent the parameters which are used to compute a linear
curve from the analyzer module’s curve characteristic. Moreover, the linearisation values
include the parameters for the mathematical compensation of cross-sensitivity effects.
Call-up
linear. values).
2 If the SIDOR measures more than one component: Select the measuring component for
which you want to see these linearisation values.
3 The following values will be displayed in table form:
– Heading: date on which the values were computed
– Left column: physical nominal value
– Right column: related internal measuring value
When you press [Enter] or [<], related measuring values for the other components will
be displayed (used for internal cross-sensitivity compensation).
7.17.9 Status of the control inputs

Function
You can display the current electronic condition of all control inputs (→ page 49, §3.9).
Call-up
control inputs).
0 = the input is electronically passive (no current)
1 = the input is electronically activated (current is flowing)
! = the input works with reverse logic
7.17.10 Program version

Function
This function shows you:
– Model name of your analyzer (factory setting)
– Version number and release date of the built-in software (firmware)
Call-up
program version).

Expert functions
7 . 18 Testing of electronic outputs (hardware test)

Functions
Using the functions in the hardware test menu, you can individually control and
test each SIDOR signal output, and you can check the digital interfaces. This allows you to
test the electrical connections and interaction with external devices, or to test the SIDOR
output hardware.
The hardware test function is applied to one selected output. All the other outputs will
remain in operating condition.
● When the test function is started in the menu
– the selected output will be set to the selected electronic status
– the operational function of this output is disabled.
● When the test is running and no key is being pressed for some minutes, the
selected output will automatically be reset to operational condition.
b Make sure that the test situation cannot cause problems at connected
devices.
b During the test, take care of the automatic reset. Make sure that the
automatic reset cannot cause problems at connected devices.
Call-up
1 Call-up menu 72 (main menu → service → hardware test).
2 Select the desired test function:
meas. value 1 Select the desired measuring value output (OUT1 … OUT4).
outputs 2 Set the value that the output should permanently display
(0 mA = 0 % / 20 mA = 100 %).
relay group Each relay for the control and status outputs can be activated
individually (→ page 46, §3.8): 1
1 Select the desired switch output (REL1 … REL8).
2 Press [Enter] to change the status of the relay.2
– ON = relay is activated (working state)
– OFF = relay is deactivated (resting state)
transistor Each transistor output (→ page 46, §3.8) can be activated
group individually: 1
1 Select the desired transistor output (TR1 … TR8).
2 Press [Enter] to change the status of the output circuit.2
– ON = output is activated (transistor is conducting)
– OFF = output is deactivated (transistor is blocked).
test
interface #1
As long as this function is selected, the SIDOR sends certain lines
of characters (shown on the display). This allows you to check if
test
data transmission to a connected device is working. 3
interface #2
1 The activation will be automatically switched off after 60 seconds – unless this is manually done before.
2 Repeat as often as you like (toggle switch).
3 If the connected printer does not print exactly the same characters as shown on the display, then the printer is
probably not set on the standard ASCII character set (»US character set«).

Expert functions
7. 1 9 Reset
Function
A reset re-starts the SIDOR microcomputer in the same way as switching the power off
and on would do. The signal processing will re-start. Stored values will remain unchanged.
Procedure
During a reset, all SIDOR functions are shutdown. This includes measuring
value outputs and status signals.
1 Call-up menu 75 (main menu → service → reset).
2 Press [Enter] to activate a reset.

Calibration
SIDOR
8 Calibration
General explanations
Requirements
Settings
Procedures

Calibration
8. 1 Introduction to the calibration of the SIDOR

Why is calibration necessary?
It is unavoidable that the characteristics of optical and electrical components will slightly
change during the weeks of operation. These changes affect a high-precision measuring
system and result in small changes of the measuring results. This effect is known as drift.
To compensate for the drift, a gas analyzer should regularly be calibrated. A calibration
means that first the measuring result of the analyzer is checked, then the offset from the
nominal value is adjusted to bring the analyzer back to the true reading.
The two important parameters in the measuring system are:
● The zero-point (defined as the measuring result when the cause for a particular
measuring effect is not present or should not be present).
● The sensitivity (defined as the relationship between the value of the measuring effect
and the displayed measuring value).
There is a zero-point drift and a sensitivity drift for each measuring component. Each needs
to be determined and corrected independently.
How does a calibration procedure in the SIDOR work?
During a calibration, the SIDOR automatically compensates for drifts in the following way:
1 A test gas is fed into the SIDOR; the true concentrations of the measuring components
in test gases are known. The nominal values are the true concentrations of the
measuring components in the test gas.
2 The SIDOR measures the concentrations of the measuring components in the test gas
(measured values).
3 The SIDOR calculates the drifts, i.e. the differences between the measured values and
the nominal values.
4 The SIDOR checks if drift compensation can still be done by mathematical
computation. If it is possible, the internal values for zero-point and sensitivity drift
compensation are automatically adjusted. If this is no longer possible, a fault message
is displayed – which means that the measuring system should be inspected and re-
adjusted by the manufacturer or a trained skilled person.
Theoretically, a complete calibration requires that this procedure is performed twice for
each measuring component – once for the zero-point and once for the sensitivity.
Practically, in most applications, some parts of the procedure can be combined into one
step – for example, a zero-point calibration for all measuring components.
Running a calibration
You can manually control the calibration procedure using the menu functions so that you
can run a calibration step-by-step. Alternatively you can program the SIDOR so that it will
run itself through an automatic calibration – initiated by a start command or in regular time
intervals. In addition, you can program up to four different calibration procedures to cover
various different requirements (→ page 122, §8.5.3).
When is it necessary to perform a calibration?
b after a new start-up
b regularly during analyzer operation (→ §8.2)

Calibration
General variations of the calibration procedure

A calibration can either run automatically or be manually controlled:
a) Automatic calibration
For an automatic calibration, the calibration procedure is completely controlled by the
SIDOR, including the calibration gas supply. This requires an external gas supply (for
example, from gas cylinders) and automated switching devices (for example, solenoid
valves), to deliver the calibration gas to the analyzer. Before an automatic calibration is
started, the associated settings should have been made: the nominal values for the
calibration gases (→ page 123, §8.5.4), the test gas waiting time (→ page 125, §8.5.7), the
calibration measuring interval (→ page 126, §8.5.8). When all this has been done, you
only need to push one button in a menu or give the start signal via a control input to run
an automatic calibration.
In addition, periodical automatic starts can be programmed (→ page 122, §8.5.3).
b) Manual calibration with automatic feed of test gases
This type of calibration requires the same external installation for calibration gas supply
as an automatic calibration. However, you control the calibration procedure. This allows
you to supervise each calibration step and repeat single steps if required.
c) Manual calibration with manual feed of test gases
In this version, you control each calibration step as in B above. However, the calibration
gas feed is not controlled by the SIDOR, instead you are responsible for feeding in these
gases »manually«. External automatic devices for calibration gas feed are not required.

Calibration
8. 2 Guideline for calibrations

For the ATEX version of SIDOR:
b Observe the following standards:
– EN 50073: Guide for selection, installation, use and maintenance of
apparatus for the detection and measurement of combustible gases or
oxygen
– EN 45544-4: Workplace atmospheres – Electrical apparatus used for
the direct detection and direct concentration measurement of toxic
gases and vapours – Part 4: Guide for selection, installation, use and
maintenance
– National regulations
b For applications in compliance with the German regulation »13.BImSchV«:

observe the corresponding information on calibrations (→ page 141, §8.8.5).
8.2.1 Single-point adjustments: weekly

During measuring operation, make a single-point calibration approximately every week.
The required procedure depends on the analyzer modules and the measuring ranges:
SIDOR without O2 analysis
b Make a zero-point calibration.
b Use ambient air or nitrogen as the zero gas (notes → page 116, §8.3.2).
b Set the nominal value(s) to 0 vol.%.
SIDOR with O2 analysis, measuring range end value ≥ 21 vol.% O2
– with analyzer module OXOR-P:
b Make a zero-point calibration.
b Use ambient air as the zero gas (notes → page 116, §8.3.2).
b For the NDIR measuring component(s): Set the nominal value(s) to 0 vol.%.
b For the measuring component O2: Set the nominal value to 21 vol.%.
– with analyzer module OXOR-E:
For the NDIR measuring b Make a zero-point calibration.
component(s): b Use ambient air or nitrogen as the zero gas
(notes → page 116, §8.3.2).
For the measuring component O2: b Make a sensitivity calibration.
b Use ambient air or nitrogen as the test gas (notes
→ page 116, §8.3.2).
b Set the nominal value to 21 vol.%.
SIDOR with O2 analysis, measuring range end value < 21 vol.% O2
– with analyzer module OXOR-P:
For all the measuring b Make a zero-point calibration.
components: b Use an inert gas as the zero gas, for example
nitrogen (→ page 116, §8.3.2).

Calibration
– with analyzer module OXOR-E:

For the NDIR measuring b Make a zero-point calibration.
component(s): b Use ambient air as the zero gas (notes
→ page 116, §8.3.2) or nitrogen or the test gas for
O 2.
For the measuring component O2: b Make a sensitivity calibration.
b Use a test gas with a matching O2 concentration
(→ page 117, §8.3.3).
b Set the nominal value to the O2 concentration of
the test gas.
b Please check if your SIDOR was delivered with technical information where
a special zero gas is specified.
● If a sample gas cooler is used in the sample gas conditioning system, feed
the calibration gases in front of the sample gas cooler inlet. Thus the
physical influence of the cooler is identical during measurement and
calibration and will be compensated for.
● Special systems (for example, process applications with a complex gas
conditioning system) may need an individual concept for calibrations.
8.2.2 Complete calibrations: every 3 months (or according to certification)

At intervals of approximately 3 months, make a complete calibration where zero-point and
sensitivity are adjusted for all the measuring components (complete adjustment).
You might do this at longer intervals (for example, 6 months or 1 year) if this is officially
allowed for your application (for example, due to a TÜV certificate).
8.2.3 Full calibrations: exceptionally

If the SIDOR is running with an internal cross-sensitivity compensation, a »full calibration«
should be performed at long time intervals (→ page 131, §8.8.1).

Calibration
8. 3 Calibration gases
8.3.1 Programmable calibration gases

You can enter the nominal values for 6 different calibration gases:
● 2 »zero gases« for zero-point calibration of all measuring components (→ page 116,
§8.3.2)
● 4 »test gases« for sensitivity calibration (→ page 117, §8.3.3).
It is required to set the nominal values prior to starting a calibration.
● This manual provides a table where you can record the nominal values of
the calibration gases (→ page 204, §17.1).
● You can program 4 different automatic calibration routines where you can
use the 6 calibration gases as you wish (→ page 121, §8.5.2).
8.3.2 Zero gas (calibration gas for the zero-point)

General requirements
As a rule, zero gas should not produce a measuring effect for the measuring components
which are zero-calibrated with this gas (nominal values: »0«). Which means that the zero
gas should not contain any of the measuring components, with the exception of the
analyzer module OXOR-P where the zero calibration can be made with a gas which includes
O2. For some applications, ambient air (fresh atmospheric air) can be used as the zero gas
(→ page 114, §8.2).
b Check if your SIDOR was delivered with technical information where a special zero gas
is specified.
Ambient air
● Ambient air should not contain any of the SIDOR measuring components (or only in
nonsignificant concentrations). Exception: O2.
● Atmospheric fresh air contains an O2 concentration of 20.96 vol.%; in this manual, the
corresponding nominal value is rated to be »21 vol.%«. However, if the O2 concentration
in your ambient air is much different, you should adapt the O2 nominal value accordingly.
Nitrogen
b If »nitrogen« is specified to be the zero gas: Use nitrogen of either »technical« or »top
grade« quality, depending on your application.
● You may set particular nominal values for the zero gases. This may be
useful in special applications when you want to use a zero gas which
causes the analyzer to give a response signal. You need to know the
quantitative effect and should take it into account when setting up the
nominal values.
● In applications where large cross-sensitivities are present, you may want to
use the »interfering gas« as the zero gas, or a gas mixture which represents
the average sample gas composition. In this way, the calibrations would
physically compensate for the cross-sensitivities. (Usefulness for OXOR-P
→ page 142, §8.8.6).

Calibration
8.3.3 Test gases for sensitivity calibration

The »test gases« are used to calibrate the sensitivity. A test gas is a mixture of zero gas and
a measuring component. In most cases, you can also use test gas mixtures with more than
one measuring component, if required.
Appropriate nominal values
The nominal values of a test gas are the true concentrations of the measuring components
in the test gas. The nominal values can be within 10 … 120 % of the physical measuring
range end value of the related measuring component – see min./max. values in the
settings menu (→ page 123, §8.5.4). For an accurate calibration, the nominal values should
be within 60 … 100 % of the physical range end value.
b Please check if there was separate information delivered with the SIDOR
including notes on the test gases required for correct calibration.
b Do not forget to change the nominal value settings when a test gas has
been changed (for example, after replacing a test gas cylinder).
Test gas mixtures

A test gas mixture is a mixture of zero gas and more than one measuring component. Test
gas mixtures can be used for simultaneous calibration of several measuring components.
You could also use a test gas mixture for the calibration of several gas analyzers with
different measuring components.
Test gas mixtures can be used in most applications. However, please note that test gas
mixtures should not be used in the following cases:
– if the co-existence of the gas components could physically interfere with the analysis
– if the gas components could chemically react with each other
– if the mixture components would produce cross-sensitivity effects in the SIDOR for
those measuring components which are to be calibrated, and these cross-sensitivity
effects are not automatically compensated for
– if separate information was delivered with the analyzer which rules out the use of test
gas mixtures.
Test gas criteria versus cross-sensitivities
● If the SIDOR is working with a cross-sensitivity compensation, please observe the notes
in §16.1.2 (→ page 197).
● If your SIDOR has measuring components with an relevant H2O cross-sensitivity, please
observe the notes in §8.8.4 (→ page 140).

Calibration
8.3.4 Correct feeding of the calibration gases

Inlet pressure
● Without a built-in sample gas pump: Feed the calibration gases into the analyzer at the
same inlet pressure as the sample gas.
● With a built-in sample gas pump:
– When calibration gases are fed into the analyzer, the pump should be switched off.
You can do this manually (→ page 69, §6.4.1), or you can set-up the automatic switch-
off (→ page 123, §8.5.4).
– Then feed the calibration gases at a slight positive pressure (50 … 100 mbar).
Caution: A higher pressure could damage the internal pump.
Gas flow
The volumetric flow should be identical (approximately) for the sample gas and the
calibration gases.
Physical influences
The standard rule is: The calibration gases should be fed into the gas analyzer under the
same conditions as the sample gas.
This means: The calibration gases should be fed-in under the same physical conditions as
the sample gas. For example, if there are sample conditioning devices in front of the gas
analyzer (filter, etc.), then the calibration gases should flow through these conditioning
components before entering the gas analyzer.
Calibrations with sample gas cooler
If a sample gas cooler is used, then all of the calibration gases should flow through the
sample gas cooler before they are fed into the analyzer (exemplary flow schedule → page 34,
Figure 2).
Please note the information on disturbing physical effects (→ page 200, §16.3.2) and on
calibrations with a sample gas cooler (→ page 201, §16.3.3).
8. 4 Manual calibration
8.4.1 Methods for calibration gas delivery

Manual calibration means that you control the calibration procedure. There are two
methods to deliver the calibration gases to the analyzer:
a) Manual delivery: You deliver the calibration gases manually (for example, you switch or
open the valves).
b) Automatic delivery: This requires the same external devices for calibration gas supply
as for automatic calibrations (gas cylinders and solenoid valves connected to the SIDOR
switch outputs). When a certain calibration gas is selected in the course of the
calibration procedure, it will automatically be delivered to the analyzer.
Correct delivery of calibration gases → page 118, §8.3.4

Calibration
8.4.2 Manual calibration procedure

Starting the procedure
Select main menu → calibration → manual procedure.
manual procedure
1 zero gas 1 ● When making a calibration, always start with

2 zero gas 2 a zero-point calibration (zero gas).
3 test gas 3
4 test gas 4
5 test gas 5
6 test gas 6
Procedure for manual zero-point calibration

manual procedure
1 zero gas 1 Select the zero gas which has the correct
2 zero gas 2
nominal value programmed in the analyzer. If you
3 test gas 3
are using an automatic calibration gas delivery,
4 test gas 4
then this gas must be available.
5 test gas 5
6 test gas 6
manual procedure
zero gas 2
CO 0.00 ← pre-set nominal values for the zero-point

SO2 0.00 ← (→ page 123, §8.5.4)
O2 0.00 ←
1 If the zero gas delivery is not automatically

Start zero calibration controlled, feed the zero gas manually into the
with ENTER! SIDOR now.
2 Press [Enter] to start the internal procedure.
Back : ESCAPE
manual procedure ● After the start, a span delay time (→ page 125,
zero gas 2 §8.5.7) runs down, indicated by wait..
● Then the real values are measured
status: wait.. (measuring..); at least for one period of
the calibration measuring time which has been
CO 0.27 vol.% set (→ page 126, §8.5.8). – Note: the displayed
SO2 -0.46 ppm real values are drift-compensated according to
O2 0.18 mg/m3
the last calibration (no »raw values«).
1 Wait until End: ENTER is displayed.
Please wait ... 2 Observe the displayed values. Wait until all
Break : ESCAPE values are constant or keep slightly fluctuating
on a constant level.
3 Then press [Enter].

Calibration
manual procedure
zero gas 2
Status: measuring..
CO 0.31 vol.%
SO2 -0.44 ppm When you press [Enter], the SIDOR accepts the
O2 0.11 mg/m3 displayed values as the true real values and
calculates the differences from the nominal values
(= drifts).
End : ENTER
Break : ESCAPE You can abort the calibration by pressing [Esc].
manual procedure
zero gas 2
CO 1.77 % ← calculated values for absolute zero-point drift1

SO2 -3.05 % ← (for clarification see → page 68, §6.3.6)
O2 0.91 % ←
● Press [Enter] to have the SIDOR compensate
these drifts.
● Press [Esc] if you do not want to accept these
Save: ENTER values (the previous zero-point calibration will
be kept).
1 = total (accumulated) drift since the last drift reset (→ page 130, §8.7) or the last basic calibration (→ page 132,
§8.8.2) has been done
Procedure for manual sensitivity calibration

b Before making a sensitivity calibration, always make the corresponding
zero-point calibration.
Otherwise the calibration will become wrong.
manual procedure
1 zero gas 1
2 zero gas 2 Select the test gas which matches the
3 test gas 3 nominal value set in the analyzer. If you are using
4 test gas 4 an automatic calibration gas delivery, this gas must
5 test gas 5 be available.
6 test gas 6
7 -
8 auto. starts
manual procedure The remaining steps are the same as with a manual
zero-point calibration (→ page 119).
Deliver test gas instead of zero gas for this
procedure.
End of the calibration

When you have correctly calibrated the zero-point and the sensitivity for all measuring
components, the SIDOR is correctly calibrated.
To return to the measuring display:
1 Press [Esc] until the main menu appears.
2 Select the desired measuring display (→ page 63, §6.2).

Calibration
8.5 Automatic calibration
8.5.1 Requirements for an automatic calibration (overview)

These are the requirements for correct automatic calibrations:
An external valve system is installed to switch from sample gas to
→ page 34, §3.4.1
the calibration gases.
1
This system is electrically connected to the related SIDOR switch
→ page 86, §7.9
outputs.
The required gases are available (gas cylinders connected and
2 → page 118, §8.3.4
sufficiently filled) and will correctly be delivered.
3 At least one automatic calibration is programmed. → page 121, §8.5.2
4 The required calibration gases are correctly selected. → page 122, §8.5.3
5 The nominal values for the calibration gases are correctly set. → page 123, §8.5.4
Span delay time and calibration measuring time are set with → page 125, §8.5.7
6
respect to the measuring system design. → page 126, §8.5.8
If the SIDOR should automatically start automatic calibrations:
7 the calibration interval and the time of the first calibration period → page 122, §8.5.3
are set as desired.
8 If a »service block« control input exists: it is not activated. → page 89, §7.10.2
Some of these settings can be checked in the information menu

(→ page 127, §8.5.9).
8.5.2 Different automatic calibration routines

Potential features
You can program four different automatic calibration routines where the following
parameters can be set individually:
● calibration gases used
● start time for the automatic calibration
● time interval between automatic starts
All the other settings for automatic calibrations (for example, span delay time and drift limit
values) are valid for all the programmed routines.
Potential use
● If you use an individual test gas for each automatic calibration (→ page 123, §8.5.4), you
can set-up four independent automatic calibration routines.
● A particular measuring component can be calibrated more frequently than the others –
for example, if the related analyzer module is working in a very sensitive measuring
range. To do this, set-up a test gas with nominal values only for the selected measuring
component (nominal values for all other measuring components = » – «) and configure
a more frequent automatic calibration with this test gas.

Calibration
8.5.3 Setting-up an automatic calibration

1 Call-up menu 631 (main menu → settings → calibration → auto.
calibration).
2 Select which calibration routine (1 … 4) you want to configure.
auto.cal. zero gas 1 … 2 and test gas 3 … 6 will be shown,
mode each with the option
yes = will be used for this automatic calibration routine
no = will not be used
To change the status, press the related number key once.
●
If »no« is set for all of the calibration gases, then this calibration
●
routine is practically disabled and cannot be started.
During the calibration procedure, the calibration gases will be activated
one after another in the displayed order.
auto.cal. Time interval (days /hours) in which this automatic calibration is
period periodically performed. The correct setting depends on the how much
your SIDOR is drifting (depending on the application, the analyzer
modules and the measuring ranges) and how much drift-related change
of measuring accuracy you may tolerate.
● Standard setting: 1 … 7 days (01-00 … 07-00 )
● Recommended setting for difficult analysis (high sensitivity) or high-
accuracy requirements: 12 to 24 hours (00-12 … 01-00).
● To disable automatic starts for this automatic calibration, set
00 days/ 00 hours.
If the auto.cal. day was »today« and the auto. cal.
time has already passed, then the start time will automatically be
shifted to the future by one auto.cal. period.
auto cal. Time and day when the next start of this automatic calibration will take
time place.
auto.cal. ● Subsequent start times are determined by the auto.cal.
day period (see above).
● You can always change the next start time by re-selecting the
auto. cal. time. The auto.cal. period will start
anew after that calibration.
If the time input is in the past, the analyzer will show incorrect
input. If this happens when you have entered today’s date, please
change the auto.cal.time so that the start time is in the
future.
If the start time for an automatic calibration occurs while another calibration
procedure is running, then this second calibration will be started when the
running procedure is finished.

Calibration
8.5.4 Setting the nominal values for the calibration gases

Function
It is essential for a correct automatic calibration that the programmed nominal values
correspond to the actual concentrations of the measuring components in the calibration
gases (→ page 116, §8.3).
In the same menu, you can select to have the built-in gas pump (option) and the switch
output »external pump« (if set-up) deactivated during the calibration gas feed.
You need to determine which of the test gases will be used during an
automatic calibration (auto.cal.mode → page 122, §8.5.3).
Setting
1 Call-up menu 632 (main menu → settings → calibration →
nominal values).
2 Select a zero gas or test gas. The current settings will be displayed.
3 Call-up gas pump and select if you want to have the built in pump (option) and the
switch output »external pump« on or off when the calibration gases are fed into
the analyzer.
4 Select one of the measuring components from the displayed list. In the following menu,
enter its nominal value, i.e. the concentration of this measuring component in the
selected test gas. If this measuring component is not included in the test gas: set the
nominal value to » -.- « (by pressing the backspace key).
b Do not set the nominal value to »0« for a measuring component which is
not included in the test gas. Set it to » -.- «.
b Do not forget to change the nominal values if a test gas has been changed
(for example, when the gas cylinder has been replaced).
Otherwise the calibration will become wrong.
When you set the nominal value to » -.- «, then the related measuring
component will not be calibrated with this particular calibration gas.
This setting can even be used when this measuring component is included
in the calibration gas mixture.
You could set-up several nominal values for each measuring component, by
programming a different nominal value for each test gas.
However, the calibration quality will not be improved by making several correct
calibration procedures in succession – with the same test gas or with different
test gases – because the analyzer’s current calibration only results on the last
calibration procedure which was made.
Repeating a calibration procedure is only useful when you think that the last
calibration procedure was not correct.
b To prevent from errors: Program only one nominal value for each
measuring component.

Calibration
8.5.5 Setting the drift limit values

Function
After each calibration, the SIDOR compares the current drift values for each measuring
component to the drift limit values (→ page 68, §6.3.6).
The reaction on the violation of a drift limit works in three stages:
absolute drift reaction
➝ status output »fault« is activated
100 … 120 % ➝ SERVICE: zero drift or SERVICE: span
of drift limit value drift is diplayed (+ the related measuring component)
➝ LED »Service« is illuminated
➝ status output »failure« is activated (in addition)
> 120 % ➝ FAULT: zero drift or FAULT: span drift
of drift limit value is displayed (+ the related measuring component)
➝ LED »Function« shines red
After an automatic calibration additionally:
> 150 %
➝ The results of this calibration are rejected.
of drift limit value
➝ The previous calibration is kept.
Detailed information on displayed messages → page 180, §13.2.
User possibilities
Drifts are caused, for example, by contamination, mechanical changes, or ageing effects. It
is not useful to perform more and more mathematical compensation for permanently
increasing drift values. Instead, when an absolute drift has become very large, the related
analyzer module should be inspected and re-adjusted (for example, a cleaning procedure
and a basic calibration should be performed).
You can set-up an automatic monitoring for this matter by setting drift limit values for the
measuring components – for example, 20 % (maximum value: 50 %).
If your SIDOR is equipped with the analyzer module OXOR-E, you could use drift
limit values to monitor the end of life of this module (→ page 176, §12.5).
Setting
1 Call-up menu 633 (main menu → settings → calibration →
drift limits).
meas. component measuring component selected for the following settings
zero drift limit
desired drift limit value
span drift limit

Calibration
8.5.6 Ignoring an external calibration signal

Function
If an »auto.cal. start« control input is used (start of an automatic calibration → page 89,
§7.10.2), you can decide whether the SIDOR should obey or ignore this control signal.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 634 (main menu → settings → calibration → ext.
cal. signals).
OFF Input signal will be ignored
ON Input signal can start an automatic calibration
8.5.7 Setting a span delay time

Function
The span delay time determines how long the SIDOR will wait after switching to a
calibration gas before the measuring values are taken for calibration.
The span delay time should correspond to the SIDOR response time (dead time + 100%
time). To determine the response time, check for each measuring component how long it
takes after switching to a calibration gas until the displayed measuring value remains
constant. The longest time should be used.
If the span delay time is too short, then the calibration will be wrong.
b Better select a span delay time which might be longer than required than
one that is too short.
● On the other hand, the span delay time should not be longer than
necessary, in order to limit the time that the SIDOR is out of its measuring
mode.
● At the end of the calibration procedure, after the analyzer has switched
over to measure the sample gas again, the span delay time will run once
again. This last waiting time is still a part of the calibration procedure – with
all related consequences for the status messages and measuring value
outputs.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 635 (main menu → settings → calibration → span
delay time).
2 Enter the span delay time (in seconds). – standard setting: 30 s.

Calibration
8.5.8 Setting the calibration measuring time

Function
During a calibration, first the »span delay time« (→ page 125, §8.5.7) runs down, then SIDOR
starts the »calibration measuring time« where the measuring values of the calibration gas
are permanently determined. For each measuring component, the average measuring
value within the calibration measuring time is calculated. These average values are used
as the real values.
The appropriate setting depends on two criteria:
● Damping: The calibration measuring time must be at least 150 … 200 % of the
programmed damping time constant (→ page 77, §7.5.1 + page 78, §7.5.2).
● Measuring characteristics: The calibration measuring time should be long enough to
make sure that the averaging covers all existing measuring »noise« and fluctuations.
Check the analyzer modules to find the »worst« characteristic.
The longer the calibration measuring time is, the more accurate the automatic
calibrations will be.
Setting
1 Call-up menu 636 (main menu → settings → calibration → cal.
meas. time).
2 Enter the calibration measuring time (in seconds).

Calibration
8.5.9 Display of the automatic calibration settings

You can check the nominal values for the calibration gases and the timing for automatic
calibrations via menu:
1 Call-up menu 41 (main menu → calibration → auto.
calibration).
2 Select auto. calibration which you want to check.
3 Select information.
information
auto. calibration x
1 zero gas 1
2 zero gas 2
3 test gas 3
4 test gas 4
5 test gas 5
6 test gas 6
7 auto. starts
Enter digit
Select which parameter you want to check.
Information on zero gas or test gas (example).

information
test gas 2
auto. calibration x
CO 21.00 ← nominal value for the 1st meas. component
SO2 450.00 ← nominal value for the 2nd meas. component
O2 -.-- ← means: will not be taken into account
active yes ← no = will not be used for auto. calibrations

gas pump no ← status of the gas pump (→ page 69, §6.4.1)
Back : ESCAPE To leave this display, press [Esc].

Settings → page 123, §8.5.4
Information on automatic starts of the automatic calibrations (example)
Information
auto. starts
auto. calibration x
next start:
Date : 16.09.04 ← date and time when the next automatic

Time : 11:30 ← calibration will start
Period : 02-00 ← interval between automatic starts 1

DD-HH (days-hours)
Back : ESCAPE To leave this display, press [Esc].

1 00-00 = no automatic starts (Date/Time of next start is insignificant)

Calibration
8.5.10 Manual start of an automatic calibration

For automatic calibrations, some preparations are required.
b Only start an automatic calibration when all requirements are fulfilled
(→ page 121, §8.5.1).
Some important settings can be checked in the information menu

(→ page 127, §8.5.9).
main menu → calibration → auto. calibration

Select →
auto. calibration x → manual control.
manual control
auto. calibration x
Press ENTER to start
an automatic If all requirements for an automatic calibration are
calibration now. fulfilled (see above), press [Enter] now.
Continue with ENTER

Break : ESCAPE To abort the procedure, press [Esc].
auto. calibration As long as the calibration procedure is running,
calibration running is displayed on
the status line.
1 information
2 manual control To abort a running calibration, select manual
control again and confirm the abort with
[Enter].
● The automatic calibration will not start when a »service block« control input
is set-up and activated (→ page 89, §7.10.2).
● During calibration, the »maintenance/calibration« status is automatically
activated.
● Even while an automatic calibration is running, you can call-up other menus
as usual and later return to the calibration menu, if required.
● If a calibration is aborted, the results of the last completed calibration will
remain valid.

Calibration
8.6 Display of calibration data

Function
You can look at the data which were taken and stored during the last calibration –
individually for each measuring component.
Procedure
Select main menu → calibration → show cal. data.
show cal data
1 CO Select the desired measuring component.

2 SO2
3 O2
-Z- -S- ← zero-point /sensitivity (table heading)

D: 31.08.04 31.08.04 ← date at the end of the last calibration
T: 11.30.00 11.31.30 ← time at the end of the last calibration
C: 0.00 300.00 ← nominal values at the last calibration
V: 0.68 300.09 ← measured real values at the last calibration
Drift in %
abs.: 0.23 -0.20 ← absolute drift (explanation → page 68, §6.3.6)
dif.: 0.02 -0.03 ← difference1 in drift values to the previous cal.
Back: ESCAPE To exit this display, press [Esc].

1 = »percentage points« (DifX = absX – absX-1)
When a drift reset (→ page 130, §8.7) or basic calibration (→ page 132, §8.8.2) was
performed, no calibration data will be shown until a new calibration was made.
(This is also true for brand-new analyzers.)
Drift differences represent the ratio of test value versus nominal value. For the
sensitivity drift, the drift difference is always computed with reference to the
smaller value of the two values.
– Example 1: The nominal test gas value is 100 ppm.
The test value during calibration was 102 ppm.
Computed sensitivity drift = (102-100)/100 = +2.00 %
– Example 2: The nominal test gas value is 100 ppm.
The test value during calibration was 98 ppm.
Computed sensitivity drift = (98-100)/98 = –2.04 %
With this method, positive and negative physical drifts are calculated with a
different mathematical loading. The fruit is: If a physical drift had occurred and
then had gone back for the same value, then the calculated absolute drift will
also be back to its previous value. Without the different mathematical loading,
the absolute drift would differ from its previous value and thus no longer
represent the actual physical state of the measuring system.
● It is not recommended to continue with computed drift compensation when

the drift values are more and more increasing. If an absolute drift becomes
very large, the related analyzer module should be inspected and
re-adjusted (for example, a cleaning procedure and a basic calibration
should be performed).
● You can program limit values for automatic drift monitoring (→ page 124,
§8.5.5). This feature will automatically provide you with a fault message
when a drift exceeds your drift limit value.

Calibration
8. 7 Drift reset
Function
When a drift reset is made, the SIDOR cross-calculates the current »absolute drifts«
(→ page 68, §6.3.6) with the measuring parameters, and then the summation of the
»absolute drifts« is restarted at »0.0« values. The drift-reset allows you to begin the
determination of »absolute drifts« at any time of your choice – for example, to check the
analyzer’s drift over a certain period of time.
If very high drift values are displayed after a manual calibration, then probably
the test gases did not correspond to the programmed nominal values, or the
test gas feed was faulty. And – although great discrepancies had been
displayed – the calibration had been accepted by keypad entry.
b Never try to correct such a faulty situation by making a drift reset. Instead,
try to calibrate the analyzer again carefully.
● The drift reset cannot replace a mechanical or optical adjustment, which is

necessary when the physical condition of the analyzer module has changed
greatly in comparison with its delivered condition.1
● You cannot undo a drift reset. Making a drift reset means that you loose the
recent »history« of the »absolute drifts«.
● It is highly recommended to make a drift reset after an analyzer module
has been cleaned or replaced.
1 Such work should be made by a trained service technician.
Restriction for the ATEX version

In the ATEX version of SIDOR, a drift reset cannot be made when the absolute drift has
exceeded 50 %. Instead, the following message will be displayed:
reset function not possible
b In this case: Contact the manufacturer’s customer service, in order to have the analyzer
repaired.
Procedure
1 Call-up menu 73 (main menu → service → drift reset).
2 Enter the Code: [7] [2] [7] [5] [Enter]
3 Wait until End: Enter is displayed.
4 Press [Enter] to finish the procedure.

Calibration
8.8 Special calibrations
8.8.1 Full calibration

Applies only to analyzers with the optional »internal cross-sensitivity compensation«.
When to make a full calibration
b Make a »full calibration« periodically at the following recommended intervals:
– for analyzers measuring SO2 and NO: every year
– for analyzers measuring all other components: every two years
b Make a »full calibration« whenever one of the following modifications has been made:
– adjustment, modification, or replacement of an analyzer module
– firmware update to software version 1.26 or 1.27
How to make a full calibration
b Make two sets of calibrations in succession …
1 a basic calibration (→ §8.8.2) for each of the SIDOR measuring components
2 a calibration of cross-sensitivity compensations (→ page 139, §8.8.3)
b … following these rules during the calibration procedures:
– Pure calibration gases: Use an individual »pure« test gas (consisting of zero gas and
the measuring component) for each measuring component. Do not use test gas
mixtures.
– Dry calibration gases: Feed the calibration gases directly into the analyzer, not
through the sample gas cooler (if existing).

Calibration
8.8.2 Basic calibration

When is a basic calibration required?
b Make a basic calibration
– when an analyzer module has been newly adjusted, replaced, or modified
– when the absolute sensitivity drift exceeds 40 % (→ page 68, §6.3.6)
– when the digital drift compensation has reached its limit.
What does a basic calibration do?
In the course of a basic calibration, both the analog and digital signal processing are
measured and optimised anew. This may be useful in the following situations:
– When an analyzer module has been modified in any way – because this will have
changed the physical characteristic of this analyzer module. Thus the analog
amplification of the its measuring signal should be re-optimised.
– When the digital drift compensation has reached its limit – the drift reset function
(→ page 130, §8.7) could be used to re-optimise the digital part of the signal processing,
but the causes for analog drift would remain and still needs to be compensated for. If
the mathematical compensation is very large, then it might happen that the specified
measuring accuracy is no longer kept. A basic calibration can solve this problem
because it includes a re-optimisation of the analog sections.
The internal procedure of a basic calibration includes the following:
1 The measuring signals of the analyzer module are checked, and the electronic
amplification of the measuring signals is re-optimised to match.
2 The basic parameters of the mathematical measuring value processing are
recalculated (in the same way as during a drift reset → page 130, §8.7).
This needs to be done individually for each measuring component and requires matching
calibration gases.
How is a basic calibration made?
b For a complete basic calibration, you need to perform the procedure once for each
individual measuring component.
b However, you can run the procedure for selected measuring components only – for
example, if the basic calibration is only required for a particular analyzer module.

Calibration
What is required to make a basic calibration?

● Time: Depending on the number, type, and measuring range of the measuring
components, the procedure can take from 20 to 120 minutes. During this time, the
SIDOR is not available for measuring operation.
● Manual gas delivery: You need to feed the calibration gases manually into the SIDOR
(for example, via a hose connection or a manual valve).
● Knowledge of the physical zero-points: Check the »Reference gas« value (→ page 66,
§6.3.2) for all measuring components which are intended for the basic calibration –
because in a basic calibration, either the zero gas or the test gas is related to this value
(→ Table 11).
● Calibration gases: For a basic calibration of each measuring component, both an
appropriate zero gas and span gas is required:
Table 11 Appropriate calibration gases for a basic calibration
»Reference gas« value is … Zero gas Test gas
nominal value nominal value
… close or identical to the
identical to the end value of the physical
begin value of the physical
»Reference gas« value measuring range 1
measuring range (standard).
… close or identical to the
begin value of the physical identical to the
end value of the physical
measuring range 1 »Reference gas« value
measuring range (special).
1 ±20 % of the full scale range (Min /Max values are set accordingly).
● If you would like to have the internal analysis system calibrated »from
the ground up«, it may be useful to clean and/or re-adjust the analyzer
module before the basic calibration is performed.
● Modifications to the analyzer modules should only be made by trained
service technicians or trained and authorised skilled persons. Otherwise
the manufacturer’s product guarantee will no longer be valid.

Calibration
Starting a basic calibration

CAUTION: Risk to connected devices
During a basic calibration, the measuring value outputs will work in the
following way:
● Measuring value output OUT1 transmits the internal measuring signals
which are measured during the procedure (»ADC values«).
● Measuring value outputs OUT2, OUT3 and OUT4 constantly show the last
measuring value which was measured before the basic calibration
procedure began.
NOTICE:
If a basic calibration could not be completed successfully, then the SIDOR
measuring function will be out of order.
b If you have any doubts during the basic calibration process, cancel the
procedure by pressing [Esc]. This will keep the previous condition.
b Recommendation: Before you start a basic calibration, save the current
SIDOR data (→ page 98, §7.13.1). This will allow you to repair the SIDOR if the
basic calibration fails.
When a basic calibration is started, the SIDOR should already be in operation

at least one hour, to insure that all internal temperatures are stable.
b Call-up menu 74 (main menu → service → basic calibration).

Procedure for a single measuring component
1 Call-up meas. component.
2 Select the measuring component for which the basic calibration will be made. Then
leave the menu (press [Esc]).
3 Call-up zero gas.
4 Enter the nominal value of the zero gas (→ page 133, Table 11). Then leave the menu
(press [Esc]).
5 Call-up test gas.
6 Enter the test gas nominal value (→ page 133, Table 11). Then leave the menu (press
[Esc]).

Calibration
7 Select measure.
This section does not apply to meas. component O2.
The display will show:
zero gas
admit !
Continue with ENTER
8 Deliver zero gas. Then press [Enter].

The display will show (for example):
measure
SO2
SO2 23715
CO2 4871
O2 3266
When stable,
SAVE: ENTER
9 Wait until the displayed values are »stable«, i.e. until they fluctuate around a relatively
constant average value (±50). Then press [Enter].
10 The display will show:
test gas
admit !
Continue with ENTER
11 Deliver the test gas. Then press [Enter].

12 The display will show (for example):
measure
SO2
SO2 23715 191
CO2 4871
O2 3266
When stable,
SAVE: ENTER
13 Wait until the displayed values are »stable«, i.e. until they fluctuate around a relatively
constant average value (±50). Then press [Enter].
14 The following display message tells you that the procedure is continued with the
calibration gas which effects a higher measuring signal. Press [Enter] to continue.

Calibration
The following display will be like this (example):

SO2 30.000 vol.% ← measuring component; nominal value of the
calibration gas
Enter SO2
test gas
30.000 vol.%
Continue with ENTER ← only after sufficient waiting time as elapsed

0 = fixed amplific. ← only for trained personnel 1
1 Press [ 0 ] = current analog amplification will be fixed (will not be corrected). This can save time if the procedure
had already been completely run and is now repeated after a short time. Not recommended for a completely new
basic calibration.
15 Deliver the gas which is shown (caution: The procedure starts with the larger nominal
value, i.e. with the higher concentration test gas.)
16 Wait until the gas has completely filled the internal gas path, replacing the previous gas
(appropriate purge time).
17 Press [Enter].
Next, the SIDOR optimises the analog amplification of the measuring signal for the
selected measuring component. The display will show (for example):
SO2 30.000 vol.% ← measuring component and nominal value
of the calibration gas
CH4 ← another measuring component
C02 18559 341 ← ADC value1; analog amplification step2 3
CO ← another measuring component
18,3 % ← progress of the internal procedure

Please wait ...
1 current digitized measuring signal (–32768 … 32768 )
2 will automatically change and be adjusted during the procedure (0 … 4095)
3 values will only be shown for the selected measuring component
18 Wait until the display changes from please wait ... to the following:
When stable,
start with ENTER.
19 Wait until the ADC value is »stable«, i.e. until it fluctuates around a relatively constant
average value (±50). Then press [Enter].
The ADC values displayed in this step (automatic amplification optimization)

and in the next step (calibration measurement) may be different.
After this step, the SIDOR runs a calibration measurement with test gas (procedure
takes 30 times longer than a normal measurement does). The completion of the
procedure will be shown in %.
20 Wait until Save: ENTER is displayed. Press [Enter] to accept the displayed value.

Calibration
The following can be seen on the display (for example):

Enter SO2
zero gas
0.000 vol.%
Continue with ENTER

21 Deliver the gas which is shown. Press [Enter].
The following display will be like this (example):
SO2 0.000 vol.%
CO
S02 1742 ← ADC value 1
O2
When stable,
start with ENTER.
1 may rapidly change until the new gas has completely purged out the old gas
22 Wait until the ADC value is »stable«, i.e. until it fluctuates around a relatively constant
average value (±50). Then press [Enter].
Next, the SIDOR runs a calibration measurement with zero gas. The progress of the
procedure will be shown in %.
23 Wait until Save: ENTER is displayed. Press [Enter] to accept the displayed value.
Now the SIDOR calculates the »linearisation values« (calibration curve): The variables of
a basic mathematical function are modified until the optimum calibration function is
found. The progress (%) and the number of iteration steps are displayed.
24 Wait until a display like this is shown:
SO2 1.234 ← measuring component; variation coefficient1
←
←
Save: ENTER
1 represents the offset of the measured calibration values from the new calibration function. Values under
5.000 are typical; for difficult applications, the values can be larger.
25 Wait until save: ENTER is displayed.

If the procedure was not successful, a fault message is displayed: under
the word FEHLER (for all menu languages), the calibration gas and the
measuring component are indicated which could not be processed.
b Remedy: Stop the procedure now and carefully repeat it (check the
nominal values, make sure that the calibration gases are correctly
delivered, wait long enough for an appropriate purge time).
b If this doesn’t help: Contact the manufacturer’s customer service for
advice. Or restore the previous SIDOR values, to use the analyzer in its
previous condition (can only be done if a data back-up was made before
starting the basic calibration → page 98, §7.13.1).
26 Press [Enter] to accept the displayed values for the basic calibration of the selected

Calibration
Repeat for the other measuring components
This will be necessary, if the SIDOR measures several measuring components

and a complete basic calibration should be made.
27 In the basic calibration menu, select another measuring

component and repeat the procedure for this new component, as described in
»Procedure for a single measuring component«.
28 Repeat this until the »Procedure for a single measuring component« has been made for all
desired measuring components.
● When you leave the basic calibration function, a test gas
waiting time (→ page 125, §8.5.7) will run down before the measuring value
outputs display the current measuring values of the sample gas.
● If you have terminated a running basic calibration at any step of the
procedure (using the [Esc] key), then the previous condition of the basic
calibration is kept.
Calibration with new cross-sensitivity correction

29 If SIDOR is running with an internal cross-sensitivity compensation: Perform a complete
»calibration with correction« (→ page 139, §8.8.3).
Checking the measuring characteristics
After the basic calibration, check the measuring characteristics:
1 Deliver zero gas.
2 For at least 5 minutes, observe or record the measuring values (for example, on a chart
recorder) to check the measuring fluctuations (noise ratio).
– If the measuring values are fluctuating in the range or below the specified
detection limit (→ page 229, §19.6): The gas analyzer is ready for operation.
– If the measuring value fluctuations are greater than the detection limit: Contact the
manufacturer’s customer service to get the analyzer repaired.
If you notice after the basic calibration that the sensitivity drift is greater (over
a certain period) than it had been before the basic calibration: Contact the
manufacturer’s customer service for advice.

Calibration
8.8.3 Calibration of cross-sensitivity compensations (option)

Applies only an internal cross-sensitivity compensation is running (→ page 25, §2.2.4).
Function
While usual calibrations will calibrate the zero-point and sensitivity of a measuring
component, it is possible to make special calibrations which include the re-calibration of
the internal cross-sensitivity compensations. During such calibrations, the SIDOR will
additionally check for cross-effects which occur in the analysis of all those measuring
components which are associated for cross-sensitivity compensation, and then will
re-adjust the compensations accordingly. The corresponding menu function is called
»calibration with correction«.
Calibrations »with correction« may be more demanding than normal calibrations (because
of more exacting requirements for the calibration gases), but they only need to be done at
long time intervals.
When is a calibration of cross-sensitivity compensations required?
b Make a calibration of the cross-sensitivity compensations periodically at the following
intervals (recommendation):
– For the measuring components SO2 and NO: once a year
– For other measuring components: every 2 years
Which calibration gases are required?
b For a calibration of the cross-sensitivity compensations, you need to use »pure« test
gases, which means that each test gas consists of the zero gas and only one measuring
component.
b You may also use test gas mixtures which include more than one measuring component
if it is sure that the mixed components do not produce any cross-effects.
Procedure
1 Call-up menu 696 (main menu → settings → [9] → [Code] → cal. w/
correction).
In analyzers equipped with software version 1.26 (or previous), this function is
located in menu 637 (main menu → settings → calibration
→ cal. w/correction).
2 Set the function status to ON.
3 Perform a calibration procedure as usual – however use »pure« test gases or »cross-
effect free« test gas mixtures.
4 When the calibration procedure has been finished, set the »calibration with correction«
function status to OFF.
b Make sure that during measuring operation and routine calibrations,

the cal. w/correction function is set to OFF.

Calibration
8.8.4 Calibrations of »H2O cross-sensitive« measuring components

Criteria for a »H2O-sensitive« calibration procedure
b Check if one of the following criteria applies to your SIDOR:
– At least one measuring component is affected by a cross-sensitivity against H2O (for
example SO2, NO), and the H2O concentration in the sample gas is great enough
that, as a result, the specified measuring accuracy could be reduced.
– The SIDOR is used for emission monitoring in compliance with the German
regulations »13. BImSchV«, »27. BImSchV«, or »TA Luft«.
If one of these criteria is true:
b When making calibrations for »cross-sensitive« measuring components, make sure that
calibration gases include the same H2O concentration as the sample gas when they are
fed into the analyzer.
Calibrations in compliance with »13. BImSchV« → page 141, §8.8.5
H2O-sensitive calibration procedure with sample gas cooler

If a sample gas cooler is installed in the sample gas supply system (as usual for emission
monitoring systems), comply with the following instructions during calibrations:
1 Before starting the calibration, let the sample gas cooler run with sample gas flowing
through for at least 5 minutes. The sample gas should contain an adequate H2O
concentration (for example, 10 vol.%).
2 Feed-in zero gas for approximately 10 minutes. Let the zero gas low through the sample
gas cooler (in the same way as the sample gas).
3 Make the zero point calibration.
4 Repeat step 1.
5 Feed-in the test gas for sensitivity calibration for approximately 10 minutes. Let the test
gas low through the sample gas cooler (in the same way as the sample gas).
6 Make the sensitivity calibration.
● Step1 makes sure that the sample gas cooler has a sufficient reservoir of
condensed H2O. Under usual conditions, this reservoir is enough for
15 minutes of calibration gas feed.
● Steps2 and5 are used to establish constant conditions in the sample gas
cooler. This is essential for »H2O-sensitive« measuring components.
● Step2 will purge out remaining quantities of measuring components (for
example, SO2) from the sample gas cooler.
H2O-sensitive calibration procedure without sample gas cooler

If a sample gas cooler is not provided, supply the calibration gases as follows:
1 First, produce a high H2O gas concentration in the calibration gases. To do this, install a
suitable vessel in the gas path, filled with water, and make the calibration gases bubble
through the water. – Exception: Ignore this step for SO2 test gases.
2 Feed the calibration gases from the water vessel through the sample gas cooler into the
gas analyzer.

Calibration
8.8.5 Calibrations in compliance with »13. BImSchV«

Applies only for use in compliance with the German regulation »13. BImSchV«.
Calibration procedure for automatic readjustments
For automatic readjustments, make the following calibrations:
b Zero point calibration for measuring components CO, NO, SO2 – every 7 days
b Sensitivity calibration for measuring component O2 – every 3 days
Simplification by using ambient air
For the above calibrations, ambient air can be used as the calibration gas – which means
that no specific calibration gas is required. Ambient air should meet the following criteria:
● O2 concentration = 20.94 vol.% ±0.05 Vol.%
● CO, NO, or SO2 are not included.
● Humidification must be made before usage (see below).
Calculating the nominal values for NO/SO2 zero gas

As a preparation, the measuring values of NO and SO2 need to be measured once:
1 Perform a complete calibration, using N2 as zero gas (nominal values: 0 mg/m3).
2 Back in measuring mode, feed-in the ambient air as the sample gas.
3 Note down the measured values for NO and SO2.
4 Program these measured values as the nominal values for zero gas.
When feeding-in ambient air, the measuring values for NO and SO2 might
slightly differ from 0 mg/m3. This is due to the H2O cross-sensitivity of the NO
and SO2 analysis which varies according to the O2 concentration.
Humidification of ambient air

b Let the ambient air flow through a water vessel, with a volume of approximately 0.5 l.
b Feed the humidified ambient air through the sample gas cooler, then into the gas
analyzer.
Every 3 months:
b Check/fill-up the water reserve in the vessel.
b Clean the water vessel, if required.
Settings for automatic calibrations with ambient air

b For automatic readjustments with ambient air, use the following set-up:
Table 12 Settings for automatic readjustments in compliance with »13. BImSchV«
period of automatic for measuring component CO, NO, SO2 7 days
calibrations → page 122, §8.5.3
for measuring component O2 3 days
zero gas for measuring component CO 0 mg/m3
zero gas for measuring component NO measured value
nominal values → page 123, §8.5.4
zero gas for measuring component SO2 measured value
test gas for measuring component O2 20.94 vol.%
span delay time 140 s → page 125, §8.5.7
calibration measuring time 950 s → page 126, §8.5.8

Calibration
8.8.6 Cross-sensitivity compensation with OXOR-P

Physical interference effect
If the zero-point of the OXOR-P module (→ page 24, §2.2.3) is calibrated with nitrogen and the
sample gas consists mainly of other gases with considerable paramagnetic or diamagnetic
susceptibility, then major measurement errors might occur. In this case, the SIDOR will
display a measured value for O2 even when the sample gas does not contain any oxygen.
Compensation methods
There are three methods to compensate for this interference effect:
– Special zero gas: For zero gas calibrations, you could use the »interfering gas« or an O2-
free gas mixture which represents the average composition of the sample gas. Because
the zero-point is calibrated »under sample gas conditions«, the cross-sensitivity is
considered in the calibration.
– Manual compensation: When you calibrate the zero-point with a standard zero gas, you
could set the nominal value for zero gas not to »0«, but to the value which exactly
counters the cross-sensitivity effect. In this way, the zero-point is constantly shifted,
which compensates for the cross-sensitivity effect.
– Automatic compensation: The SIDOR measures the interfering component(s)
simultaneously with a different analyzer module and, using these measuring values,
automatically compensates for the cross-sensitivity effect (»internal cross-sensitivity
compensation« → p. 25, §2.2.4).

Remote control with MARC2000
SIDOR
9 Remote control with MARC2000
Connection
Start-up

9. 1 Introduction to the remote control with MARC2000

General function of the remote control with MARC2000
You can control all of the SIDOR functions by means of a PC, using the MARC2000 PC
software (separately available). All SIDOR displays are shown on the PC screen, and the
analyzer keyboard is simulated on the PC.
Moreover, you could use one PC to control several SIDOR analyzers (BUS mode).
Possible uses
● Gas analyzer control and monitoring via PC
● Remote diagnosis and trouble shooting via telephone

SIDOR remote control functions are not covered by the examination certificate
Components required
● A PC, equipped with Microsoft Windows NT, Microsoft Windows 95/98, or Microsoft
Windows-for-Workgroups 3.11 software and at least one free RS232 serial interface
(COMx)
● MARC2000 PC software for analyzer remote control
● Electrical interface connection between gas analyzer and PC – directly or via modems
(→ page 145, §9.2.1)
● Additional requirement for remote control of multiple gas analyzers: One RS232C/
RS422 BUS converter for the PC and each connected gas analyzer (→ page 145, §9.2.1)

9.2 Remote control installation
9.2.1 Electrical connection

To establish the PC remote control with MARC2000, you need to connect the gas analyzer
to the PC via an RS232 serial interface. There are several ways to do this:
Connecting a single analyzer directly via the interface → page 146, Figure 17
This connection requires three electrical lines (TXD → RXD, RXD → TXD, GND → GND). On
the PC serial interface, short-cutting bridges should be installed between the CTS–RTS and
DSR–DTR connections (install wire bridges in the plug connector of the connecting cable;
see figure). However, if you want to use the »RTS/CTS protocol« for data transmission
(Windows name: »Protocol: Hardware«), then you need to install three more connection
lines and no bridges (see figure).
Connecting several analyzers via BUS converters → page 146, Figure 17
In order to control several gas analyzers from one PC, you will need a RS422 BUS
connection. Each connected instrument will need one RS232C/RS422 BUS converter.
These are available from various manufacturers.
The BUS converter which is connected to the PC must work as »data circuit-terminating
equipment« (DCE). The BUS converters connected to the gas analyzers must work as »data
terminal equipment« (DTE). Many BUS converters allow you to select between these
modes. Set-up the BUS converters accordingly or use the appropriate BUS converter
versions. – Most BUS converters need an external power supply (not shown in the figure).
When using BUS converters, you need to activate the »RTS/CTS protocol« feature of the gas
analyzer (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
Connecting a single analyzer via modems → page 147, Figure 18
Modems are used to transmit data via telephone lines. A modem connection requires two
modems. You can use any type of modem which has a Hayes-compatible command set. –
For setting the required modem parameters, a special menu function (»initialise«) is
available both in the SIDOR and the MARC2000 software.
Connecting several analyzers via BUS converters and modems → page 147, Figure 18
This version combines modems and BUS converters. Please refer to the notes above.
You need to set-up which type of connection is used (→ page 95, §7.12.3).

Figure 17 Connection of gas analyzer and PC, without modems
SIDOR SIDOR
GND
GND
DSR
DSR
RXD
RXD
DTR
DTR
RTS
RTS
TXD
TXD
CTS
CTS
X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RS232C
CTS
RXD
TXD
GND
BUS
Converter
DTE
R+
R-
T+
T-
RS232C
RS422
R+
T+
R-
T-
BUS
Converter
DTE
GND
RXD
TXD
RS232C
RTS/CTS Protocol
(Hardware Protocol)
XON/XOFF Protocol
No Protocol
5 3 2 7 8 4 6 1 5 3 2 7 8 4 6 1
COMx
COMx
7 2 3 4 5 20 6 8 7 2 3 4 5 20 6 8
CTS
CTS
TXD
RXD
DSR
DCD
TXD
RXD
DSR
DCD
GND
RTS
GND
RTS
DTR
DTR
MARC 2000 MARC 2000

Figure 18 Connection of gas analyzer and PC via modems
SIDOR GND SIDOR
GND
DSR
DSR
RXD
RXD
DTR
DTR
RTS
RTS
TXD
TXD
CTS
CTS
X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DTE DTE
RS232C
RS232C
DCE
CTS
RXD
TXD
GND
7 3 2 5 4 6 20 8
Modem
BUS
Converter
CTS
TXD
RXD
DSR
DCD
GND
RTS
DTR
DTE
R+
R-
T+
T-
RS422
Comm
Tele
R+
T+
R-
T-
GND
DCD
DSR
RXD
DTR
RTS
TXD
CTS
BUS
Modem
Converter
DTE
7 3 2 5 4 6 20 8
GND
RXD
TXD
DCE
RS232C
RS232C
DCE
Modem
7 3 2 5 4 6 20 8
5 3 2 7 8 4 6 1
COMx
CTS
TXD
RXD
DSR
DCD
GND
RTS
DTR
7 2 3 4 5 20 6 8
CTS
TXD
RXD
DSR
DCD
GND
RTS
DTR
MARC 2000

9.2.2 Programming the SIDOR remote control settings

Basic settings
1 Set-up the interface parameters on interface #1 to match those on the connected PC or
modem (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
2 Set-up the desired electrical connection (→ page 95, §7.12.3).
Settings for operation with modems
b Set-up the basic modem functions (→ page 96, §7.12.4).
Settings for operation with BUS converters
1 Activate the »RTS/CTS protocol« (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
2 Set-up an individual identification character for each of the connected gas analyzers
(→ page 94, §7.12.1).
3 Activate AK-ID-active (→ page 95, §7.12.2).
When using BUS converters:
b Make all the remote control settings identical in all the connected gas
analyzers – except for the identification character.
9.2.3 Set-up the PC for remote control

1 The MARC2000 software must be installed on the PC. For installation, please refer to
the information delivered with the MARC2000 software.
2 Check the Windows system settings for the RS232 serial interface (COMx) that is used
for the gas analyzer remote control:
– The settings must be identical to the interface parameters of the connected gas
analyzer or modem.
– Please refer to the notes on the RTS/CTS protocol (→ page 145, §9.2.1). In the
Windows system, the RTS/CTS protocol is called »Protocol: Hardware«.

9.3 Starting and ending the remote control operation
9.3.1 Starting the remote control

To activate the remote control in MARC2000, the following steps are required:
1 Start the MARC2000 program in the PC.
When using modems:
1 Initialise the PC modem. (Not required if the modem has already been initialised and the
modem settings have not been changed or erased – refer to operational notes for the
MARC2000.)
2 Initialise the gas analyzer modem. (Not required if the modem has already been
initialised and the modem settings have not been changed or erased.)
3 Establish a telephone connection from modem to modem.
– Calling from the PC: Use the menu functions in the MARC2000 program.
– Calling from the gas analyzer: Use the menu function dialing (→ page 97,
§7.12.5).
2 Activate remote control: Use the related functions in the MARC2000 software.
As long as the remote control is active, the SIDOR transmits all displayed data
to the PC. That’s why the SIDOR may react a bit slowly when you push a key.
9.3.2 Status message during remote control with MARC2000

As long as the remote control with MARC2000 is activated, the SIDOR will display the
status message PC control active !. If additional status messages are also
present (for example, CHECK STATUS/FAULTS), then this message switches on
the display approximately every second.

9.3.3 Ending the remote control

Any to the following actions will terminate the remote control with the MARC2000:
● One of the connected instruments (PC, gas analyzer, modem, BUS converter) is
switched off or its power supply fails.
● The remote control of the SIDOR is terminated by a command in the MARC2000
software, on the PC.
● The MARC2000 is terminated by the command File | Exit on the PC.
● The SIDOR has not received any remote control commands for the last 15 minutes.
In addition, when modems are used:
● In the SIDOR, the modem command abort is selected. This terminates the
telephone connection.
● One of the connected modems is initialised (by doing so, the modem will break off the
existing telephone connection).
If there is no need for data communication, the MARC2000 will transmit a
»dummy« remote control command approx. every 5 minutes, to prevent the
SIDOR from automatically terminating the remote control mode.
If the PC and the SIDOR are connected via modems and the telephone line
connection was made from the SIDOR:
b When the remote control via PC is finished: select the SIDOR modem
command abort.
Otherwise, the telephone line connection will be kept from the SIDOR modem,
even though the remote control is off.

Remote control with »AK protocol«
SIDOR
10 Remote control with »AK protocol«
Basics
Control commands

10 . 1 Introduction to the remote control with »AK protocol«

The »AK protocol« is a software specification for digital interfaces which has been defined
by the German automobile industry. The SIDOR option »limited AK protocol« provides some
remote control functions which are related to this specification.
Using the »limited AK protocol« remote control commands, you can
● activate and deactivate the »limited AK protocol« remote control mode
● call-up the current instrument status of the SIDOR
● remotely control and set some of the calibration functions

10 . 2 Technical basics
10.2.1 Interface
For remote control purposes, interface #1 is used (interconnecting diagram see → page 50,
§13). The standard interface parameters are:
Baud rate 9600
Data bits 8
Parity no parity
Stop bits 1
10.2.2 Complete command sequence (command syntax)

A complete remote control command consists of the following characters:
● First character = character STX (02hex).
● Second character = ID character [AK-ID] of the SIDOR (→ page 94, §7.12.1).
● The [AK-ID] is followed by the 4-character command plus additional parameters (if
required). There must be a space character (20hex) between the command and each
parameter.
● Last character = character ETX (03hex).
Byte Contents
1 character STX (02hex)
2 [AK-ID]
3…6 four command characters
7 … (n-1) space character + parameter, if required
n character ETX

1 0. 3 Command types
There are 3 types of remote control commands:
First command
General function available
character
A Read data from the SIDOR always (no preparation required)
E Change settings in the SIDOR when remote control is activated
S Start SIDOR procedure (→ page 155, §10.5.1)
1 0. 4 Reply to a received command

The SIDOR checks every command it receives and sends a »reply«.
10.4.1 Status character

Part of the reply is a status character which gives information about the internal status of
the SIDOR:
● Normally the status is 0.
● The status will increase by 1 for any of the internal faults:
FAULT: gas flow
FAULT: chopper
FAULT: step motor
FAULT: temperature
Other status or fault messages do not influence the status character. To obtain complete
status information, you can use the remote control command AFLT (→ page 155, §10.5.2).

10.4.2 Normal reply

Command status Reply
The received command will be executed. Byte 1 STX
Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 3 … 6 [received command]
Byte 7 [space character]
Byte 8 [status character] 1
Byte 9 … n [space]+[parameter]
Byte n+1 ETX
1 → page 153, §10.4.1
10.4.3 Reply to an erroneous command

Command status Reply
The [AK-ID] character in the received command does not Byte 1 STX
match the ID character of this SIDOR (→ page 94, §7.12.1).
Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 3 … 6 ????
Byte 8 [status character] 1
Byte 9 … n [space]+[parameter]
Byte n+1 ETX
The received command began with E or S, but the remote Byte 1 STX
control is not activated (→ page 155, §10.5.1).
Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 8 [status character]
Byte 10 … 13 SMAN
Byte 14 ETX
The received command cannot be executed at this time. Byte 1 STX
(Example: While an automatic calibration is running, the test
gas switch outputs cannot be activated via remote control.) Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 10 … 11 BS
Byte 12 ETX
The received command does not meet the command syntax. Byte 1 STX
Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 10 … 11 SE
Byte 12 ETX
The received command is not defined. Byte 1 STX
Byte 2 [AK-ID]
Byte 3 … 6 ????
Byte 9 ETX
1 → page 153, §10.4.1

1 0. 5 Remote control commands
10.5.1 General commands

Command Activating the remote control
Function After this command, the SIDOR will execute all remote control commands which begin
with S and E. (»A« commands can be executed without this activation.)
Command syntax SREM
Transmitted reply SREM [status character] (= command was executed)
Command De-activating the remote control

Function After this command the SIDOR will only execute control commands beginning with A or
the command SREM. The SIDOR will reject other commands which begin with S or E.
Command syntax SMAN
Transmitted reply SMAN [status character] (= command was executed)
SMAN [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
Command Abort procedure

Function The SIDOR terminates the procedure which is currently running (for example, calibration)
and controls the switch outputs in such a way that sample gas is delivered to the
analyzer.
Command syntax SBRK
Transmitted reply SBRK [status character] (= command was executed)
SBRK [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
Command Read command status

Function The SIDOR sends information about the S-command which has just been executed.
Command syntax ASTA
Transmitted reply ASTA [status character] [actual command]
Reply examples AKOW 0 SMGA (= measuring)
AKOW 0 SSG3 (= last command was SSG3)
AKOW 0 SATK SNGA (= automatic calibration is running, zero gas is switched on)
10.5.2 Status reading commands

Command Read measuring components and measuring ranges
Function The SIDOR sends the internal name of a measuring component and the related physical
measuring range, user-selectable for a single component or for all components.
Command syntax AKMP Kx
x = 1 … 5: number of the desired measuring component
x = 0: all measuring components
AKMP
= same function as AKMP K0
Transmitted reply AKMP [status character] [x] [y]
[x] = identification of the measuring component
[y] = end value of the related physical measuring range
Command Read measuring values

Function The SIDOR sends the current measuring value for a single component or for all
measuring components.
Command syntax AKONx
x = number of the desired measuring component
x = 0 or no x: all measuring components
Transmitted reply AKON [status character] [x] [mv] ([x2] [mv2] [x3] [mv3] …)
AKON [status character] # (= currently no measuring value)
Command Read instrument status

Function The SIDOR sends a coded status message.
Command syntax AFLT
Transmitted reply AFLT [status character] 00100001 00001000 00000000 …
(8 blocks of 8 Bits, each block separated by a space character)

Command Read serial number

Function The SIDOR sends its own serial number (→ page 68, §6.3.5).
Command syntax AGNR
Transmitted reply AGNR [status character] [x]
[x] = serial number
Command Read menu language

Function The SIDOR sends a character as identification for the selected menu language (example:
E = english).
Command syntax ASPR
Transmitted reply ASPR [status character] [character]

10.5.3 Calibration commands

Command Read time interval
Function The SIDOR sends the time interval which has been set for a particular function.
(Currently this is only available for »calibration« = start command SATK.)
Command syntax AFDA [function start command]
Transmitted reply AFDA [function start command] [Value1] [Value2] …
AFDA [function start command] SE (= there is no time interval for this function or the
command was partially incorrect.)
Command Set time interval

Function Set span delay time (→ page 125, §8.5.7) or calibration measuring time (→ page 126, §8.5.8).
Command syntax EFDA SATK [x] [y]
[x] = span delay time = 10 … 180 (seconds)
[y] = calibration measuring time = 2 … 600 (seconds)
Transmitted reply EFDA [status character] (= command has been executed)
EFDA [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
EFDA [status character] SE (= command was partially incorrect)
Command Read the settings for the calibration gases

Function The SIDOR sends the nominal values and the pump status which are set for a particular
calibration gas.
Command syntax AKNx
x = 1 … 2 = selected zero gas
AKPy
y = 3 … 6 = selected test gas
Transmitted reply AK… [status character] [pump status] [SW1] [SW2] [SW3] …
[SW…] = nominal value of the measuring component in % full scale of the physical
measuring range (NO = » -.- « is set)
Command Set values for calibration gases

Function Sets the nominal values and the pump status for the calibration gases.
● The nominal values are only valid for the first automatic calibration (→ page 121, §8.5.2).
● The nominal values need to be set for each calibration gas and for each measuring
component which will be used during the first automatic calibration.
● A nominal value is either a value in % of the physical measuring range or NO. NO
means that this calibration gas will not be used for sensitivity calibration for a
particular measuring component (equals the menu setting » -.- «).
● If all of the nominal values are set to NO, then this calibration gas will not be used for
an automatic calibration.
● The [pump status] determines if the gas pump (built-in or controlled by the SIDOR) will
remain switched on during delivery of the calibration gas to the analyzer.
Command syntax EKNx [pump status] [SN1] [SN2] … [SNn]
x = 1 or 2 (for zero gas x)
[SN…] = –20.0 … 80.0 or NO
EKPx [pump status] [SP1] [SP2] … [SPn]
x = 3, 4, 5 or 6 (for test gas x)
[SP…] = 10.0 … 120.0 or NO
[pump status] = ON or OFF
n = total number of measuring components
Transmitted reply EK… [status character] (= command was executed)
EK… [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
EK… [status character] SE (= command was partially incorrect)
Command Start an automatic calibration

Function The SIDOR runs an automatic calibration according to the settings for the first automatic
calibration.
Command syntax SATK
Transmitted reply SATK [status character] (= command was executed)
SATK [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
SATK [status character] BS (= command cannot be executed because another procedure
is running)

Command Read calibration results

Function The SIDOR sends the »absolute drifts« (→ page 68, §6.3.6) for a particular measuring
component. The values have been calculated during the last calibration.
Command syntax AKOW Kx
x = 1 … 5 = number of the selected component
Transmitted reply AKOW [pump status] [x] [y]
[x] = zero-point drift (%)
[y] = sensitivity drift (%)
Command Measure a calibration gas

Function The SIDOR controls the switch outputs for gases in such a way that the desired
calibration gas will be entered into the analyzer and measured in the normal measuring
mode.
Command syntax SNGx
x = 1 … 2 = desired zero gas
SPGx
x = 3 … 6 = desired test gas
Transmitted reply S…G… [status character] (= command was executed)
S…G… [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
S…G… [status character] BS (= command cannot be executed because another
procedure is currently running)
10.5.4 Measuring mode commands

Command Deliver sample gas
Function The SIDOR controls the switch outputs in such a way that the sample gas will be
delivered to the analyzer and the analyzer is in its normal measuring mode.
Command syntax SMGA
Transmitted reply SMGA [status character] (= command was executed)
SMGA [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
SMGA [status character] BS (= command cannot be executed because another
procedure is currently running)
10.5.5 Instrument identification commands

Command Read instrument identification
Function The SIDOR sends the programmed instrument identification.
Command syntax AKEN
Transmitted reply AKEN [status character] [Instrument identification]
Command Set the instrument identification

Function The SIDOR saves the entered instrument identification. This [Instrument ID] can consist
of a maximum of 40 ASCII characters.
Command syntax EKEN [Instrument identification]
Transmitted reply EKEN [status character] (= Instrument ID has been saved)
EKEN [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
EKEN [status character] SE (= Command was partially incorrect)
10.5.6 Temperature compensation commands

Command Read the temperature compensation status
Function The SIDOR reports if the temperature compensation has been activated for a particular
Command syntax ATMP Kx
x = 1 … 5 = number of the selected measuring component
Transmitted reply ATMP [status character] x ON (= temp. compensation is active)
ATMP [status character] x OFF (= temp. compens. is not active)
ATMP [status character] SE (= command was partially incorrect)

Command Switch on/off the temperature compensation

Function Activate or deactivate the temperature compensation for a particular component.
Command syntax ETMP Kx [a]
x = 1 … 5 = number of the selected measuring component
[a] = ON (activate) or OFF (deactivate)
Transmitted reply ETMP [status character] (= Command was executed)
ETMP [status character] SMAN (= SREM is not activated)
ETMP [status character] SE (= command was partially incorrect)


Remote control with Modbus
SIDOR
11 Remote control with Modbus
Modbus specifications
Installation
Control commands

11 . 1 Introduction to the Modbus protocol

Function
Modbus® is a communication standard for digital control systems, used to establish a
connection between a »master« device and a number of »slave« devices. The Modbus
protocol specifies only the communication commands, but not the electronic transmission;
therefore it can be used with various digital interfaces, like RS232, RS422, or RS485. The
Modbus standard was originally developed by the MODICON company for use with their
interface controller chips; now it is a widely-used industrial application.
Versions
There are two Modbus transmission versions:
● ASCII transmission mode: Each byte (8 bits) is sent as two 4-bit ASCII characters. It
allows pauses between message characters (up to 1 second) without causing an error.
● RTU transmission mode: Each byte in a message is sent as two 4-bit hexadecimal
characters. The RTU mode can be faster.
Command structure
Address Function Data Check sum
● The Address is individually set for each connected device.
● Function codes are specified by the Modbus standard. For example, there are functions
used to trigger data output from the slave device (Read) and to change status or
settings in the slave (Force).
● The Data contain the additional information required to perform the Function. These
information are device-specific, which means that possible Data should be specified by
the manufacturer. The set of Function+Data is the command that the addressed slave
should perform.
● The check sum is used to validate the transmitted data. The check sum is calculated
both by the transmitting and the receiving device. If the results are identical, the data
transmission was correct.
Slave’s Respond
Normally, the slave will respond to a command by sending an echo, with the same Function
code, and with the Data containing the requested information. For error messages, the
Function code is modified, and the Data contain an error code.
For more information on the Modbus protocol, you may want to get in touch
with the Modbus Internet website: http://www.modbus.org

1 1. 2 Modbus specifications for the SIDOR

Modbus functionality
● The SIDOR works as a slave device.
● The SIDOR uses the RTU mode for input and output transmission.
● The SIDOR responds to an input command immediately after the last command
character has been received, without any delay. This is an exception from the »Modicon
Modbus Reference Guide« which specifies a »silent interval« of 3.5 character times
after each message.
Allowable Modbus parameters
b With a Baud rate of 9600 Baud, keep the following Modbus parameters:
slave response time: ≥ 200 ms
delay between polls: ≥ 200 ms
scan rate: ≥ 500 ms
b With smaller Baud rates, keep greater times respectively.
With a closer timing, data transfer errors might occur.
The SIDOR needs approximately 0.5 seconds to generate a new measuring

value. With two measuring components, new measuring values are available at
intervals of approximately 1 second. It is not necessary, probably, to request
SIDOR measuring values at shorter intervals.

11 . 3 Installation of a Modbus remote control
11.3.1 Interface
Interface #1 is used for the remote control (pin schedule → page 50, §13). Permitted
interface parameters:
Baud rate maximum 28800
Data bits 8
Parity even/odd/none (as required)
Stop bits 1
Setting → page 90, §7.11.1
11.3.2 Electrical connection

Connecting a single slave device
The Modbus functions can even be used with a simple direct interface connection, as
shown on the left part of Figure 17 (→ page 146). In this way, a single SIDOR can be
connected to a master device – for example, for a test.
Connecting several slave devices (BUS mode)
If several SIDOR analyzers are to be controlled by a master device, a BUS system with
RS232C/BUS converters needs to be used, as shown on the right part of Figure 17
(→ page 146). Other BUS systems can be used instead of RS422; for example, RS485.
11.3.3 Programming the SIDOR remote control settings

1 Set-up the interface parameters on interface #1 to match those on the connected BUS
converter or master device (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
2 When using BUS converters: Activate the »RTS/CTS protocol« (→ page 90, §7.11.1).
3 Set-up the installed electrical connection (→ page 95, §7.12.3).
4 Set-up an individual identification character for each of the connected gas analyzers
(→ page 94, §7.12.1).
5 Activate AK-ID with MODBUS (→ page 95, §7.12.2).
When using BUS converters:
b Make all the remote control settings identical in all the connected gas
analyzers –except for the identification character.

1 1. 4 Modbus function commands for the SIDOR
11.4.1 Function codes

The SIDOR can process the following function codes:
Code Description Function
Read one or several 1-bit status information (in order
to request the SIDOR status).
01 Read Coil Status A maximum of 64 coils can be read with one
command. 200 coils available(→ §11.4.4).
Address range: 0000H … 00C7H
Read one or several 16-bit data words.
A maximum of 32 registers can be read with one
03 Read Holding Register command. 200 registers available of 16 bits each
(→ §11.4.4).
Address range: 0000H … 00C7H
Write a 1-bit information
(in order to program one SIDOR setting).
Each command allows to change 1 coil.
05 Force Single Coil 32 coils available (→ §11.4.3).
Address ranges: 0000H … 001FH (overlapping the
Read Coil Status range) and 00A8H … 00C7H
(is being reset after power failure).
Write one or several 16-bit data words
(in order to program SIDOR settings).
Each command allows to write a maximum of 32
16 Preset Multiple Register registers. 32 Register available (→ §11.4.3).
Address ranges: 0000H … 001FH (overlapping the
Read Coil Status range) and 00A8H … 00C7H
(is being reset after power failure).
Modbus commands with other function codes will be ignored.
11.4.2 Data formats

Data format for function values (status information)
A digital value is a 1 Bit information:
Logical 0 = function OFF
Logical 1 = function ON
A data byte consists of 8 Bits with 8 digital values:
Bit 0 = least significant bit (lowest digital value)
Bit 7 = most significant bit (highest digital value)
Data format for floating-point values
A floating-point value consists of two 16-bit data words (2x 16 Bit = 4 Byte):
Byte 3 (MSB) Byte 2 Byte 1 Byte 0 (LSB)
SEEE EEEE EMMM MMMM MMMM MMMM MMMM MMMM
S = mathematical sign; 0 = + / 1 = –
E = exponent (2 complements biased by 127)
M = mantissa (1st mantissa)
Order of data transmission:
Byte 1 Byte 0 (LSB) Byte 3 (MSB) Byte 2

11.4.3 Modbus control commands

Force Single Coil
Using the control command »Force Single Coil« (function code 05) and its subsequent
function data, the master device can control the following SIDOR functions:
data control command
1 – not specified –
5 sample hold (20 mA measuring value outputs) 1
6 switch-off pump
7 activate service lock
8 stop/disable automatic calibrations
9 start automatic calibration 1
13 measuring value output 1: activate range 2
Preset Multiple Register

Using the control command »Preset Multiple Register« (function code 16) and its
subsequent register data, the master device can control the following SIDOR functions:
Register Nr. structure
control command
X Y X-high X-low Y-high Y-low
R1 R2 set date in the SIDOR month day – free – year
R3 R4 set time in the SIDOR hours minutes – free – seconds
R5 R6 sett AK-ID/Modbus mode mode code 1 – free – – free –
R7 R8 – not specified –
1 0 = »without AK-ID« / 1 = »with AK-ID« / 2 = »with AK-ID MODBUS« (→ page 95, §7.12.2)

11.4.4 Modbus read commands

Read Coil Status
Using the »Read Coil Status« command (function code 01) and its subsequent function
data, the master device can read the SIDOR instrument status:
data status data status
1 maintenance active 63 control input »test gas 3 fault« is activated
2 temp. controller 1 is heating up 64 control input »test gas 4 fault« is activated
3 temp. controller 1 is out of the nominal range 65 control input »test gas 5 fault« is activated
4 temp. controller 2 is heating up 66 control input »zero gas 1 fault« is activated
5 temp. controller 2 is out of the nominal range 67 IR source malfunction
6 temp. controller 3 is heating up 68 chopper wheel malfunction
7 temp. controller 3 is out of the nominal range 69 failure during calibration with zero gas 1
8 controller 4 is starting-up 70 failure during calibration with test gas 3
9 controller 4 is out of the nominal range 71 failure during calibration with test gas 4
10 – no function – 72 failure during calibration with test gas 5
11 alarm limit 1 indication is activated 73 – no function –
12 alarm limit 2 indication is activated 74 internal power supply failure
13 alarm limit 3 indication is activated 75 control input »failure 1« is activated
14 alarm limit 4 indication is activated 76 control input »failure 2« is activated
15 signal for compon. 1 too high (ADC overflow) 77 control input »fault 1« is activated
16 signal for compon. 2 too high (ADC overflow) 78 control input »fault 2« is activated
17 signal for compon. 3 too high (ADC overflow) 79 control input »service 1« is activated
18 signal for compon. 4 too high (ADC overflow) 80 control input »service 2« is activated
19 signal for compon. 5 too high (ADC overflow) 81 »FAULT« status is activated
20 A/D converter (ADC) is not ready 82 »SERVICE« status is activated
21 meas. value compon. 1 > 120 % of end val.1 83 control output »zero gas 2« is activated
22 meas. value compon. 2 > 120 % of end val.1 84 control output »test gas 4« is activated
23 meas. value compon. 3 > 120 % of end val.1 85 control input »zero gas 2 fault« is activated
24 meas. value compon. 4 > 120 % of end val.1 86 control input »test gas 6 fault« is activated
25 meas. value compon. 5 > 120 % of end val.1 87 failure during calibration with zero gas 2
26 calibration running 88 failure during calibration with test gas 6
27 automatic calibration running 89 sample point 1 is activated
28 control output »zero gas 1« is activated 90 – no function –
29 control output »sample gas« is activated 91 – no function –
30 control output »test gas 3« is activated 92 – no function –
33 measuring value output 1: range 2 is active 95 – no function –
37 control output »external pump« is activated 99 – no function –
38 zero-point drift of compon. 1 > drift limit 100 – no function –
43 sensitivity drift of compon. 1 > drift limit 105 analyzer module 1 is out of order
46 sensitivity drift of compon. 4 > drift limit 108 – no function –
47 sensitivity drift of compon. 5 > drift limit 109 – no function –
48 zero pt. drift of compon. 1 > 120 % drift limit 110 analyzer module 1 malfunction
51 zero pt. drift of compon. 4 > 120 % drift limit 113 – no function –
52 zero pt. drift of compon. 5 > 120 % drift limit 114 – no function –
53 sens. drift of compon. 1 > 120 % drift limit 115 calibration running with analyzer module 1
56 sens. drift of compon. 4 > 120 % drift limit 118 – no function –
57 sens. drift of compon. 5 > 120 % drift limit 119 – no function –
58 pressure signal too great (ADC overflow) 120 signal of an. module 1 is to great (ADC overflow)
59 condensate in sample gas path (int. sensor) 121 signal of an. module 2 is to great (ADC overflow)
60 flow signal too great (ADC overflow) 122 signal of an. module 3 is to great (ADC overflow)
61 flow < flow limit value (failure) 123 signal of an. module 4 is to great (ADC overflow)
62 flow < flow limit value (fault) 124 signal of an. module 5 is to great (ADC overflow)
1 of the physical measuring range

Read Coil Status

With a »Read Coil Status« command and its subsequent function data, the master device
can check whether the SIDOR has received and processed the related »Force Single Coil«
control command:
data control command
173 sample hold (20 mA measuring value outputs) 1
174 switch-off pump
175 activate service lock
176 stop/disable automatic calibrations
In the response, status »1« means »function is activated« and status »0« means »function is
not activated«. After power failure or switching-off the SIDOR, the status of these messages
is »not activated«.
Read Holding Register
With a »Read Holding Register« command (function code 03) and subsequent function
data, the master device can read the following values from the SIDOR:
register no. status/value structure
R1 R2 current date (in the SIDOR) month day – free – year
R3 R4 current time (in the SIDOR) hours minutes – free – seconds
R5 R6 measuring component 1: current meas. value floating-point value
R7 R8 meas. comp. 1: end value of physical range floating-point value
R9 R10 date of the last zero-point calibration month day – free – year
R11 R12 time of the last zero-point calibration month day – free – year
R13 R14 meas. comp. 1: current zero-point drift in % floating-point value
R15 R16 date of the last sensitivity calibration month day – free – year
R17 R18 time of the last sensitivity calibration month day – free – year
R19 R20 meas. comp. 1: current sens. drift in % floating-point value
R21 R22 meas. comp. 1: previous zero-point drift in % floating-point value
R23 R24 meas. comp. 1: previous sens. drift in % floating-point value
continued →

Register data for the »Read Holding Register« command (continued)

register no. structure
status/value
R151 R152 pressure [hPa] (meas. value of int. sensor) floating-point value
R153 R154 flow [l/h] (measuring value of internal sensor) floating-point value
R155 R156 temperature [°C] for int. temp. compensation floating-point value
R157 R158 IR source supply voltage [V] floating-point value
R159 R160 signal input 1 [V] floating-point value
R161 R162 signal input 2 [V] floating-point value
R169 R170 »set current date« command received month day – free – year
R171 R172 »set current time« command received hours minutes – free – seconds
R173 R174 »set AK-ID/Modbus mode« command received mode code 1 – free – – free –
R175 R176
to – not specified –
R199 R200
1 0 = »without AK-ID« / 1 = »with AK-ID« / 2 = »with AK-ID MODBUS« (→ page 95, §7.12.2)


Maintenance
SIDOR
12 Maintenance
Periodical checks
Periodical replacements

Maintenance
12 . 1 Maintenance plan
Table 13 Maintenance plan
Wartungsintervall Wartungsarbeit
1 … 2 days make a visual inspection → page 173, §12.2
1 week make a single-point calibration → page 114, §8.2
make a complete calibration → page 114, §8.2
3 months check important signal connections → page 173, §12.3
check the flow monitor 1 2
check the gas lines for leaks → page 174, §12.4
6 months check/change the internal safety filter 3
check the built-in gas pump 1 3
1 … 2 years make a full calibration 4 → page 131, §8.8.1
1 … 5 years replace the OXOR-E module 5 → page 176, §12.5
10 years replace the internal battery6 3
1 only for analyzers which are equipped with this feature
2 reduce sample gas flow to the SIDOR and check for fault indication
(→ page 103, §7.15.2)
3 should be performed by a service technician or a trained skilled person
4 only for analyzers working with internal cross-sensitivity compensation
5 only for analyzers which are equipped with the analyzer module OXOR-E
6 buffers the digital memory
b In addition, observe all official and internal company regulations which are
valid for your application.
WARNING: General risks during maintenance work

b Observe the general safety information (→ page 32, §3.1).

Maintenance
1 2. 2 Visual inspection
Purpose
A visual inspection is made to check the operating condition of the analyzer.
Maintenance interval
Recommendation: at least every 2 days
Procedure
1 SIDOR:
– LED »Function«: Should be green. (If it is red: Check the status messages shown on
the analyzer’s front display. Notes see → page 180, §13.2).
– LED »Service«: Should not be illuminated. (If the LED »Service« is on: Check the
status messages shown on the display. See → page 180, §13.2).
2 Peripherals:
– Check all system devices (for example: gas filter, sample gas cooler, converter).
– Check the gas lines (condition, connections).
– If calibration gases are automatically fed to the SIDOR: Check the condition and
availability of the calibration gases (for example: gas delivery pressure from a
central gas supply, remaining quantity in the gas cylinder, expiration date).
1 2. 3 Testing the electrical signals

Purpose
If you are using the SIDOR to give an alarm in case of a dangerous operating condition or to
control important processes, then you should regularly check that all electrical functions
and interconnections are working correctly.
Recommendation: at least every 3 months
Procedure
1 Check if the external processing of the SIDOR signals should be deactivated before a
test can be done (for example: measuring value signals, control signals). If so, make the
necessary adjustments.
2 Inform the connected stations that you intend to make a test.
3 Use the hardware test functions to test all important SIDOR electrical signals
(→ page 109, §7.18).
Testing the LED indications → page 178, §12.7

Maintenance
12 . 4 Leak test
12.4.1 Safety notes on leak tightness

WARNING: Hazards caused by leaky gas lines
● If the sample gas is poisonous or harmful, a danger to health exists if the
gas path is leaky.
● If the sample gas is corrosive or can produce corrosive liquids with water
(for example, with air humidity), then escaping sample gas might cause
damage to the gas analyzer and proximate devices.
● If the escaping gas is explosive or can produce an explosive gas mixture
with the ambient air, an explosion risk occurs if the safety precautions
against explosion hazards have not been kept.
● If the gas path is leaky, then the measuring values are possibly wrong.
If the gas path is noticed to be leaky:

b Stop the gas feed.
b Take the gas analyzer out of operation.
b If the escaping gas is harmful, corrosive, or explosive: Thoroughly remove
all the escaped gas (purge, exhaust, ventilate), keeping all the necessary
safety precautions – for example:
– explosion prevention (for example, purge the enclosure with neutral gas)
– health protection (for example, wear respiratory equipment)
– pollution control
12.4.2 Test criteria for gas tightness

● When applying an overpressure of 100 kPa (1 bar / 14.5 psig) against ambient air
pressure, then the leak rate of gas escaping from the internal gas path of the gas
analyzer (between gas inlet and outlet) should not exceed 10 ml/min (0.6 l/h). If the
leak rate is higher, the gas analyzers must be considered to be leaky.
● Recommended test interval: max. 6 months.
12.4.3 A simple leak test method

There are many other test methods – for example, using a digitally-controlled
mass flow controller.
Test equipment
For a simple test, you will need
● a gas cylinder with adjustable pressure reducer (recommended: nitrogen)
● a »washing flask« or similar with two hose connectors (→ page 175, Figure 19).
– Make sure that the washing flask can withstand the test pressure (1 bar) and can be
closed gas-tight.
– The outlet diameter of the hose (or tube) which extends into the water should be
5 mm (0.2 inch).
– Ordinary water can be used for the filling. Set-up a filling level where no water can
escape through the gas connections.

Maintenance
Figure 19 A simple leak test method (example)
gas analyzer
Test procedure
b If the gas analyzer is equipped with several separate internal gas paths:
Make this procedure once for each individual gas path.
1 Take the gas analyzer out of operation. Disconnect the gas inlet and outlet of the
analyzer from the connected installations (if existing).
2 Connect the gas inlet of the analyzer to the gas outlet of the washing flask.
3 Seal the gas outlet of the analyzer gas-tight, for example with a suitable plug.
4 Seal all the other gas connections of the internal gas path (if existing) in the same way.
5 Check: The outlet valve of the pressure reducer should be shut. Then open the main
valve of the gas cylinder.
6 Adjust the pressure reducer to an outlet pressure of 100 kPa (1.0 bar / 14.5 psig).
7 Connect the gas outlet of the pressure reducer to the gas inlet of the washing flask.
8 Slowly open the outlet valve of the pressure reducer (avoid pressure shock).
9 Wait until the pressure in the test system is constant (may take some seconds).
10 Observe the washing flask: count how many the air bubbles come out in one minute.
If you count 60 air bubbles or less, then the gas path can be considered to be tight.
11 To finish with the test:
– Shut the outlet valve of the pressure reducer.
– To release the gas pressure: slowly and carefully release the hose connected to the
gas outlet of the washing flask.
– Re-install all the regular gas connections of the analyzer – with high attention to gas
tightness.

Maintenance
12 . 5 Replacing the OXOR-E sensor

The analyzer module OXOR-E consists of an electrochemical O2 sensor and a socket with
hose connections. Due to the measuring principle (→ page 24, §2.2.3), the expected life of
the O2 sensor is limited.
You can tell when the O2 sensor is no longer operational, based on the following criteria:
● The response time of the O2 measurement is permanently increasing.
● The O2 sensitivity is rapidly decreasing, which means that the O2 sensitivity drift is
suddenly increasing (display → page 68, §6.3.6).
● Recommendation: For preventative service, replace the O2 sensor after an
active operational life of approx. 2 years.
● You can automatically monitor the O2 sensitivity drift by setting a suitable
drift limit value for the O2 measurement (→ p. 124, §8.5.5).
Figure 20 Analyzer module OXOR-E
Procedure
WARNING: Risk for your health
If the SIDOR was used to measure poisonous or dangerous gases:
b Before disassembling any gas path components, carefully purge all sample
gas lines with a neutral gas (for example, nitrogen).
1 Stop the sample gas flow to the SIDOR (close valve / switch off the pump) and take the
SIDOR out of operation.
2 Open the SIDOR: Remove the top cover.
3 Disconnect the sensor cable of the OXOR-E module (plug connection).
4 Release the module clamps (2 screws).
5 Pull the OXOR-E module (cylindrical body) out of the socket.
6 Check the sealing ring in the socket:
CAUTION: Risks by incorrect assembly
b Make sure that the connection between the OXOR-E module and the
threaded »T« fitting is gas-tight:
– The O-ring (sealing ring) should be absolutely intact.
– The sealing surfaces should be clean and dust-free.
– For easy insertion of the module, you can apply a thin film of high-
quality vacuum grease. – Caution: Do not use any other type of material.
Otherwise gas could be released during operation, and the measurement
could be faulty.
7 Insert a new OXOR-E module into the socket (as far as it goes).
8 Fix the module clamps.

Maintenance
9 Connect the OXOR-E cable to the electronics board (connector X20).

10 Close the enclosure and restart the SIDOR. Wait for the proper warm-up time. Then
re-start the sample gas flow.
11 Run a basic calibration for O2 (→ page 132, §8.8.2).
Disposal
The OXOR-E module contains an acid. Dispose it like a battery.
Spare parts
Part # Description Remark
024893 Oxygen sensor for analyzer module OXOR-E
NOTICE:
b Store the OXOR-E module hermetically sealed.
b Store the OXOR-E module in a cool place.
b Allowable storage temperature: –20 … +60 °C (–4 … 140 °F).
b Long storage will decrease the life of the OXOR-E module.
1 2. 6 Cleaning the enclosure

● To remove dirt from the enclosure, use a soft cloth. If required, you can wet the cloth
with water and a mild cleaning solution.
● Do not use any mechanically or chemically aggressive cleaning agents.
● Do not allow any liquids to enter into the enclosure.
CAUTION: Hazardous situation if liquids enter the enclosure

If liquids happened to get into the instrument:
b Do not touch the instrument any more.
b Take the instrument out of operation by disconnecting the power at an
external point (for example, pull out the power plug at the socket or switch
off the external mains fuse).
b Contact the manufacturer’s customer service or a trained skilled person
from your company who is able to repair the instrument.

Maintenance
12 . 7 Testing the LEDs

Purpose
If you use SIDOR’s LEDs to watch for dangerous or unsafe operation conditions, then you
should regularly check that the LEDs are operative.
Recommendation: at least every 3 months
Test preparation
During the test procedure, some switch outputs will follow the LED status.
b Check if it is necessary to deactivate SIDOR’s fault and alarm indication at
external devices. Make the corresponding measures, if required.
b Inform the operators of connected equipment about the test situation.
Testing the LEDs »Function« and »Service«

In operational, trouble-free condition, the LED »Function« shines green and the LED
»Service« is off. This is how you can produce LED fault indications:
1 Call-up 652 (main menu → settings → gas flow → flow limit
value)(→ page 103, §7.15.2).
2 Note down the current setting of the limit value.
3 Set-up the maximum value (120 l/h) for the limit value.
➝ The LED »Service« is illuminated (provided that the sample gas flow is not greater
than the maximum permissive flow).
➝ If the sample gas flow is smaller than 50 % of the limit value, the LED »Function«
shines red. Temporarily throttle or stop the sample gas flow to achieve this fault
condition, if required.
4 Re-establish the operational flow limit value.
● If you need to throttle the gas flow, it might be easier to perform this test
with a calibration gas (for example, when feeding-in zero gas).
● The »Service« LED indication can also be produced by activating the
maintenance signal (→ page 72, §6.6).
Testing the LED »Alarm«

To produce the »Alarm« LED signal, you just need to program an extreme alarm limit value:
1 Call-up 622 (main menu → settings → measurement → alarm
settings)(→ page 80, §7.6.1).
2 Select an alarm limit value (1 … 4).
b If available, select an alarm limit value which is not used during operation. If this is
not possible: Select an alarm limit value and note down the current settings of
set point, effect, and acknowledge.
3 Set acknowledge to off.
4 Set-up an extreme alarm limit value:
b If »exceeds set pt.« is programmed: Enter the minimum value.
b If »under set pt.« is programmed: Enter the maximum value.
➝ The LED »Alarm« is illuminated.
5 Re-establish the operational settings.

Trouble-shooting
SIDOR
13 Trouble-shooting
General troubles
Display messages
Measuring troubles
CAUTION: Health risks

b Before any works are made inside the SIDOR: Observe the general safety
notes (→ page 32, §3.1).

Trouble-shooting
13 . 1 If the SIDOR does not work at all …

Possible causes Notes
Power cable is not connected. Check the power cable and its connections.
Main switch is off. Check SIDOR’s power switch (on the rear panel).
Check the power supply (for example: power socket,
Power supply is shutoff.
external fuses).
Internal power fuse is defective. Check the SIDOR power fuses (→ p. 40, §3.5.4).
Check if a related fault message exists
Internal operating temperatures
(»FAULT: temperature…«; display → page 66,
are not correct.
§6.3.1; notes → page 180, §13.2).
The sample gas delivery is not
→ page 34, §3.4
working correctly.
Can only happen after a complex internal failure or by
The internal software is not strong external interferences (for example, strong
working correctly. electromagnetic impulses). Remedy: Switch off the
SIDOR , wait for a few seconds, then switch on again.
There are overheat circuit breakers in heated analyzer
modules and in the internal power transformer. These
An internal overheat protection
breakers are integrated in the units and irreversible:
was released.
After being released, the unit is defective and needs
to be replaced.
If the SIDOR still does not start-up after you have followed these notes, please contact the
manufacturer’s customer service.
13 . 2 Status messages (in alphabetical order)

CAUTION: Health risks / damage risks
»Notes for service« are given for trained service technicians only.
b Do make any work inside the SIDOR unless you are familiar with the possible hazards.

If the SIDOR is used to measure poisonous or dangerous gases:
b Before disassembling any gas path components, thoroughly purge all sample gas lines with a
neutral gas (for example, with nitrogen).
Display message Meaning Cause/Notes for operator Notes for service

Calibration A calibration is This is not a fault message.
active running.
CALIBRATION A calibration is Coding of x → page 68, §6.3.5
Sensor x running with analyzer
(x = 1 … 3) module x.
CHECK There are several Call-up the list of status / fault
STATUS/ status or fault messages (→ page 66, §6.3.1)
FAULTS messages present.
FAILURE Control input Indicates a failure signal from If control logic is reversed, this
extern x »failure x« is activated. an external device (→ page 89, message will also occur when
(x = 1 … 2) §7.10.2). Not a trouble in the the control input is
SIDOR. disconnected.
Note: This message is not
related, in any way, to the
status output »FAILURE
sens.ext. x« (→ page 87, §7.9.4).

Trouble-shooting

FAILURE Analyzer module x is Possible causes: SIDOR module: check
Sensor x not fully operational. – The internal temperature is modulation wheel (chopper).
(x = 1 … 3) not in the nominal range of
(Coding of x → page 68, the heating control.
§6.3.5). – The zero-point drift or span
For the ATEX version drift exceeds 120 % of the
of SIDOR also: drift limit value (→ page 124,
The measuring value §8.5.5).
is not within –10 % … – The measuring signal of the
+199,4% of the analyzer module is not in the
measuring span. operational range.
– The SIDOR analyzer module
is defective.
FAULT: Internal rotation The SIDOR is out of order. – Electrical connection?
chopper signal from the Contact the manufacturer’s – Chopper is loose or stuck?
chopper in the SIDOR customer service. – Defective motor?
module is missing. – Defective photoelectric
barrier?
– Defective chopper motor
control?
FAULT: Condensate is Take the SIDOR out of 1. Check / repair the external
condensate present in the internal operation. Then call the gas conditioning system.
sample gas path. manufacturer’s customer 2. Repair the SIDOR:
service: The SIDOR will need – Separate the analyzer
Note: When this to be repaired. module from the internal
message appears, the After repair: sample gas path to prevent
internal gas pump Manually switch off the fault condensate from entering.
and the control output message by menu (→ page 70, – If the condensate is
»external pump« §6.4.2). corrosive or can leave an
(if existing) are electrically conductive film
automatically Æ remove the condensate
deactivated. sensor, rinse with demin.
water and then dry.
– Purge the condensate
sensor and the internal
sample gas lines (incl.
pump) with nitrogen or dry
air.
– Check internal glass safety
filter; replace if necessary.
If condensate could have
entered one of the analyzer
modules → repair or replace
the module.
FAULT: Control value of the Controller 4 is not currently in Reserved for future
controller 4 internal controller 4 is use. applications.
outside of the
nominal range.
FAULT: The signal from the If this message appears for a Try disconnecting the sensor
flow signal flow sensor has long time (several seconds), cable from the electronic
exceeded the then switch off the SIDOR and printboard. If fault message
operating range of the on again. If this does not help, disappears → check cable and
internal analog/digital contact manufacturer’s sensor.
converter. customer service.

Trouble-shooting

FAULT: The gas flow in the – During measuring operation: This message will only appear
gas flow SIDOR sample gas Check the sample delivery in analyzers equipped with the
path is less than 50 % (filters, valves, gas lines etc.) »flow monitor« option.
of the programmed – During a calibration: Check When the gas flow is between
flow limit value the calibration gas supply 50 % and 100 % of the limit
(→ p. 103, §7.15.2). (gas cylinders, pressure value, the SERVICE:
reducer setting, valves etc.) gas flow message will
appear instead.
FAULT: At least one of the Switch off the SIDOR and then Check internal supply voltages
int.voltage internal supply switch on again. If this does (→ page 107, §7.17.4) and
voltages is out of not help: the SIDOR is out of internal fuses (→ page 41,
order (outside of its order; contact manufacturer’s §3.5.5). If you cannot find a
nominal range). customer service or a trained fault → try exchanging the
skilled person. electronic printboard.
FAULT: The infrared source The SIDOR is out of order; Check IR voltage (→ page 106,
IR source for the SIDOR contact manufacturer’s §7.17.3):
analyzer module is customer service or a trained – too high → cable broken?
out of order or skilled person. source damaged or
disturbed in some unusable?
way. – too low → short circuit?
defective electronics?
defective source? defective
fuse (→ page 41, §3.5.5)?
(Setting a new voltage is
located in the »factory
settings«. Afterwards a basic
calibration must be made.)
FAULT: The measuring value Check if the current – This problem cannot be
overrange x for measuring concentration of this solved by changing any
(x = 1 … 5) component x is larger measuring component could settings.
than 120 % of the be that high at this moment. – If you know that the
physical measuring If this is not the case: Call the measuring value is within
range end value. manufacturer’s customer the measuring range:
Caution: The service or a trained skilled disconnect the internal
displayed value does person. – See also page 81, electrical connection to the
probably not match §7.6.2. analyzer module. If the fault
the real concentration message disappears →
of this measuring repair or replace the
component. module.
FAULT: The signal from the If this message appears for a Try disconnecting the
press-signal pressure sensor has long time (several seconds), pressure sensor (located on
exceeded the then switch off the SIDOR and the inside of the enclosure
operating range of the on again. If this does not help, wall; plug connector X21). Re-
internal Analog-Digital contact the manufacturer’s start the SIDOR. If no fault
converter. customer service. message → replace the
pressure sensor.

Trouble-shooting

FAULT: The span drift is Possible causes: – Check the settings for span
S-drift #x significantly greater – Test gas was not available delay time and calibration
(x = 1 … 5) than the set drift limit (check gas cylinders). measuring time (→ p. 125,
value for measuring – Gas delivery does not work §8.5.7 / → p. 126, §8.5.8).
component x (over correctly (check gas lines, – Check the drift limit value
120 % of the limit valve function, gas flow). settings (→ p. 124, §8.5.5).
value). – The set nominal value does – If this fault appears often
not match the real test gas during operation for SIDOR
concentration (→ page 117, components, increase the
§8.3.3). respective drift limit values
– The status message (especially applies to low
SERVICE: S-Drift measuring ranges).
was ignored; the deviation – Thoroughly check test gases
from the basic setting is now and gas lines.
too large. After above, run a calibration
– For O2 see the special and check the drift values
notes (→ page 176, §12.5). (→ page 68, §6.3.6). If they are
Remedy the cause and then still too high → clean / adjust
run a new calibration. the analyzer module, then
perform a basic calibr.
FAULT: The measuring signal Switch off the SIDOR and then (The signal has exceeded the
signal #x for measuring switch on again. If this does input range of the A/D
(x = 1 … 5) component x cannot not help: contact the converter.) Try separating the
be internally manufacturer’s customer electrical connection from the
processed. service or a trained skilled related analyzer module.
person. – See also page 81,
§7.6.2.
FAULT: The temperature of Possible causes: Possible defects:
temperature x the analyzer module x – Ambient temperature is – Electrical fuses (→ page 41,
(x = 1 … 3) is not in the proper either too high or too low. §3.5.5)
operating range. – The internal heating is not – Temperature sensor in the
working. analyzer module
– The SIDOR has been – Electrical connections in the
previously shutoff for a short internal heating circuit
time. – Heating electronics are
If the message appears after a defective
short operational shutdown, it – Overheat fuse in the
will disappear after a few analyzer module (breaks the
minutes. heating circuit at approx.
Otherwise: Check the ambient 80 °C). This is a chemical
temperature. If the SIDOR is disposable fuse; needs to
mounted in a housing (for be replaced after it has
example, in a cabinet), check blown.
the temperature inside the
housing. If necessary, take
suitable measures to correct
the surrounding temperature.
If this does not help, inform the
service personnel.

Trouble-shooting

FAULT: The control input Is only valid if such a control Other possible causes:
test gas x »fault test gas x« was input is set-up (→ page 89, – Defective electrical
(x = 3 … 6) activated during §7.10.2). Check if there is a connection
calibration. related external fault (for – Defective external
example, gas bottle is empty). monitoring device
When the problem has been
solved, run a calibration again.
During the last Possible causes: – Check calibration gases.
automatic calibration, – The calibration gas was not – Check the gas lines.
during the delivery of available (check gas – Check the settings for span
the gas, at least one cylinders). delay time and calibration
measured value was – Gas delivery did not work measuring time (→ p. 125,
significantly different correctly (check gas lines, §8.5.7 / → p. 126, §8.5.8).
from the its nominal valves, gas flow). – Check the drift limit values
value (calculated drift – The programmed nominal (→ page 124, §8.5.5).
has exceeded 150 % value does not match the If you need to get an idea of
of the set drift limit real concentration in the gas where the problem occurs,
value). (→ page 123, §8.5.4). run a manual calibration and
– The programmed nominal watch each step.
value does not meet the
criteria (→ p. 116, §8.3.2).
Have a look at the drift values
(→ page 68, §6.3.6) to check
which component has caused
the problem. Solve the
problem; then run another
calibration again (automatic or
manual).
FAULT: The zero drift is → Fault S-drift #x. → Fault S-drift #x.
Z-drift #x significantly greater
(x = 1 … 5) than the set drift limit
value for measuring
component x (over
120 % of the limit
value).
FAULT: → Fault → Fault test gas x → Fault test gas x
zero gas x test gas x
(x = 1 … 2)
Heating … x The SIDOR has not Not a fault. This message will Will not disappear if the
(x = 1 … 3) yet reached its disappear within 30 minutes SIDOR does not reach its
operating after power-on. Do not make nominal temperature.
temperature. any important measurements Possible causes: Ambient
(x = internal heating and do not run a calibration as temperature too low, internal
circuit). long as this message is heating is defective.
displayed.
INTERRUPT The control input Indicates a fault message from If control logic is reversed,
ext. x »fault x« is activated an external device (→ page 89, then this message would also
(x = 1 … 2) (→ page 89, §7.10.2). §7.10.2). Not a fault in the be given when the electrical
SIDOR. connection is broken.

Trouble-shooting

maintenance/ The status output → page 72, §6.6
calibr. »service« has been
manually activated.
A calibration At the end of the calibration
procedure is running. gas feed, another span delay
time will run down before this
message is cancelled.
A function in menu The maintenance signal is
level 7 activated because the SIDOR
(service) has measuring operation stops
been called up. when one of these functions is
called up.
No reports ! There are currently no Only shown in the list of the
status or fault status / fault messages
messages. (→ page 66, §6.3.1).
PC control An external PC is → page 143, §9 /→ page 151, §10
active ! controlling the SIDOR.
SERVICE Control input Indicates a trouble signal from If control logic is reversed, this
extern. x »service x« is an external device (→ page 89, message will also occur when
(x = 1 … 2) activated. §7.10.2). Not a trouble in the the control input is
SIDOR. disconnected.
SERVICE: The gas flow in the – During measuring operation: This message will only appear
gas flow SIDOR sample gas Check the sample delivery in analyzers equipped with the
path is somewhat less (filters, valves, gas lines etc.) »flow monitor« option.
than the programmed – During a calibration: Check If the gas flow is less than
flow limit value the calibration gas supply 50 % of the limit value, the
(→ p. 103, §7.15.2). (gas cylinders, pressure FAULT: gas flow
reducer setting, valves etc.) message will appear.
SERVICE The current First check if the real Criterion for this message: The
sensor x measuring values concentration could currently current measuring signal from
(x = 1 … 3) from analyzer module be very high. the analyzer module x is
x might be wrong. If this is not the case: Call the greater than 120 % of the
manufacturer’s customer programmed operation range
service or a trained skilled of the A/D converter.
person.
SERVICE: The drift of meas. The SIDOR measuring If the drift is greater than
S-drift #x component x, as function is not yet affected. 120 % of the drift limit value
(x = 1 … 5) determined during the (→ page 124, §8.5.5), then the
SERVICE: last calibration, has message FAULT: …-
Z-drift #x exceeded the set drift drift #x will appear.
(x = 1 … 5) limit value.
Start Internal controller is Not a fault. This message will Controller 4 is currently not in
control 4 trying to establish its disappear within 30 minutes use (reserved for future
nominal value. after power-on. applications).

Trouble-shooting
13 . 3 If the measuring value is obviously incorrect …

Possible causes Notes for operator Notes for service
The SIDOR is not ready Start-up procedure → page 51, §4. –
for operation. Check status / fault messages
→ page 66, §6.3.1
The SIDOR is not meas- Check the sample path and all of Make sure that the valves
uring the sample gas. the valves (for example, switching are functioning correctly,
The sample gas supply is from test gas to sample gas). disassemble if necessary.
not activated.
The SIDOR is not Run a calibration. Before starting, Carefully check the test
correctly calibrated. check the following: gases you are using
– Were correct test gases used? (nominal values,
(→ page 116, §8.3) manufacturing tolerances,
– Nominal values correctly set? condition, age).
(→ page 123, §8.5.4).
The »damping« value is Check the setting (→ page 77,
set too high for your §7.5.1); try a different setting.
application.
The sample gas pressure Make sure that the internal The gas pressure can
inside the SIDOR is too sample gas pressure is not influence the measuring
high. greater than 20 kPa (= 200 mbar values in most of the
= 2.9 psig). measuring principles used.
The sample gas path is Visually inspect the installation. If Perform a leak test
not gas-tight. you suspect a gas leak, contact → page 174, §12.4.
the manufacturer’s customer
service or a trained skilled
person.
If only observed on one of Make sure that the total internal Measure including the
the measuring value resistance of the connected connecting line.
outputs: the load is too devices is not larger than 500 Ω .
high.
The analyzer module is Contact manufacturer’s customer Inspect the measuring cell
dirty. service or a trained skilled or cuvette. Clean or
person. replace if necessary.
13 . 4 If the measuring values are unstable and you don’t know why …
Possible causes Notes for the operator Notes for service
Great pressure Install a separate vent line for the
fluctuations at the SIDOR.
sample gas outlet.
Strong mechanical Check the conditions where the
vibrations. SIDOR is installed.

Trouble-shooting
1 3. 5 Recovery measures after self-test error

Only applies to the ATEX version of SIDOR.
More information on SIDOR’s self-test feature → page 52, §4.1
Error message after power-on

If the following message is shown on the display:
Parameter : Error
Continue with Enter
then the microprocessor system has detected an error and has stopped the power-on
procedure. In this situation, SIDOR is not operative. However, the menu system is still
accessible.
In this case, make the following measures:
1 Press [Enter]. – After that, the main menu is displayed.
The display might be too dark or too bright, because the automatic display
adjustment was disabled during this power-on procedure. This effect will
be cleared away when the trouble-shooting has been made.
2 Continue with → »Trouble-shooting«.
Error message after repeated power-on
If you switch-off SIDOR while it is in the inoperative condition and switch it on again, then
the self-test will not detect an error, because the internal status is identical both before and
after power-on. In this case, an empty menu is shown on the display, provided with an
invalid menu number (for example, 9999), and the only message
Continue: ESC
In this case, make the following measures:
1 Press [Esc] multiple times until the main menu is shown (→ page 62, §6.1.2).
2 Continue with → »Trouble-shooting«.
Trouble-shooting
SIDOR’s operative condition is recovered by restoring the data of an internal backup.
1 Activate the protected menu functions (→ page 62, §6.1.2).
2 Call-up menu 694 »data storage« (explanation → page 98, §7.13.1):
main menu → settings → [9] → [Code → page 74, §7.2] → data
storage
3 If the internal data have been saved some time after the last calibration, using the
»data storage« function: select last back-up.
Otherwise: select after calibration.
You could also select 2nd last back-up.
4 Press [Enter] and wait for the procedure to run down.

When the main menu appears, the SIDOR is back in operative condition.

Trouble-shooting

SIDOR
14 Taking out of operation
Shutdown procedure
Safety precautions
Disposal information

14 . 1 Shutdown procedure
A) Safety measure: Taking care of connected devices/systems
1 The shutdown of the analyzer could affect external systems. You may need to inform
the operators of connected equipment that you are planning a shutdown.
2 Check if an automatic emergency signal could be generated when you shutdown the
analyzer. You may need to consider which switching logic has been set-up for the
SIDOR switch outputs (→ page 86, §7.9.2).
3 If a data processing system is connected, it may be required to manually indicate a
planned shutdown, so that the system will not interpret the shutdown as an analyzer
malfunction.
B) Safety measure: Complete removal of the sample gas
1 Stop the gas delivery to the SIDOR.
2 Disconnect the sample gas supply line from the SIDOR, so that the sample gas is no
longer fed into the analyzer.
3 Purge all gas paths in the SIDOR for several minutes with a »dry« neutral gas – for
example, with technical grade nitrogen or with a zero gas. It is a good idea to include
the peripheral gas lines in this purging operation.
4 Then close-off all SIDOR gas connections, or close the related valves in the purged
gas line.
b Before disassembling any gas path components, thoroughly purge all
sample gas lines with a neutral gas (for example, with nitrogen).
C) Switch off power

b Switch off the power switch on the rear side of the enclosure (→ page 40, Figure 4), or
disconnect the power supply at an external place (i.e. external switch, fuse).
D) Provide correct storage conditions
b → page 194, §15.1
The internal measuring system of a gas analyzer is heated to have a constant
internal temperature (SIDOR: approx. 50 °C). A side-effect is that
condensation would not occur in the internal measuring system.
However, when the gas analyzer is taken out of operation, the internal
temperature falls, and now condensation could occur inside the analyzer. This
should never happen because liquids can damage the measuring system or
make it unusable.
That’s why it is so important to thoroughly purge all the internal gas lines with a
neutral gas (for example, nitrogen) prior to shutdown.

1 4. 2 Disposal information
These sub-assemblies could contain materials which may require special disposal:
● Electronics: electrolyte capacitors, tantalum capacitors
● Display: liquid in the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
● Sample gas lines: Poisonous materials in the sample gas could have been absorbed or
trapped in the »soft« sample line material (for example: hoses, sealing rings). Check if
special procedures are required for the disposal of such components.
● Analyzer module SIDOR: In some cases, the measuring chamber (IR sensor) is filled
with a gas or gas mixture which is similar to the sample gas. Check if this could be a
poisonous or dangerous gas; if you are in doubt, contact the manufacturer’s customer
service before you open or destroy these components.
b Before disassembling any gas path components, thoroughly purge all
sample gas lines with a neutral gas (for example, with nitrogen).


Storage, transport
SIDOR
15 Storage, transport
Protective measures
Shipping for repair

Storage, transport
15 . 1 Correct storage
b Protect the internal gas When the SIDOR is separated from the gas lines: close-
lines. off all gas connections on the SIDOR (with plugs, or if
necessary with adhesive tape) to insure that moisture,
dust or particles do not enter the internal sample gas
paths.1
b Protect the plug connectors. Cover the electrical connectors (dust-tight), for example
with adhesive tape.
b Protect the front panel. Protect the keypad and display against sharp-edged
objects. If necessary, cover the instrument with a
protective material (for example: cardboard or
styrofoam, fixed with adhesive tape).
b Protect the instrument from Cover the instrument to protect it from liquids and dirt
liquids and dirt. (for example, put it into a plastic bag), and select a dry
and well-ventilated room for storage.
b Protect the instrument from If the relative air humidity is expected to be high:
moisture. include a desiccant in the packing (for example,
Silicagel).
1 If the SIDOR is equipped with the analyzer module OXOR-E, the SIDOR gas connections should always be sealed gas-
tight – because the life of the OXOR-E module will be reduced by contact to the oxygen of the air, even when the
analyzer is switched-off.
15 . 2 Correct transport
b Make protective measures. As described in §15.1.
b Use appropriate packing for – Use a strong container which is completely padded
shipping. on the inside.
– Carefully fix the analyzer in the container.
– Make sure that there is sufficient space between
the analyzer and the walls of the container.
b Add useful information. Please observe §15.3.
15 . 3 Shipping for repair

If the instrument is shipped for repair to the factory or to a service workshop:
b Please include the following information:
– A detailed, clear description of the problem (single words are fine, but merely stating
that »the instrument does not work« is of little help).
– The name of the our representative who is informed about the problem or with
whom you have arranged transport to the workshop.
– The contact person in your company who can answer any questions that may arise.
Please add the information even if your matter has already been discussed
with our customer service or a representative.

Special notes
SIDOR
16 Special notes
Automatic compensations
Peculiar measuring components
Sample gas cooler
NOX converter

Special notes
16 . 1 Automatic compensations
CAUTION: Risk of wrong measurements
b If the SIDOR is working with a cross-sensitivity compensation:
Observe the information in this section.
Otherwise wrong measuring values could be produced.
16.1.1 How you can notice if your SIDOR is working with compensations
Information delivered with the analyzer
Check the delivered information for notes on compensations for certain measuring
components. The compensation mode should be specified there.
Information in the software configuration
You can get all the information on working compensations when you manage to print (or
transmit) the internal data of the print config. output (→ page 93, §7.11.3). These
are the required data lines (example):
meas. component : SO2 CO2 O2 Temp. C
meas. compensation: 3 3 3 3
a : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
b : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
c : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
d : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
e : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
f : +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00 +0.000e+00
SO2 : OFF OFF OFF OFF
CO2 : OFF OFF no OFF
O2 : OFF OFF OFF OFF
Temp. C : OFF no OFF OFF
● The measuring component lines shows all SIDOR measuring components and in
addition the temperature which can also be compensated for.
● The code in the meas. compensation line specifies the automatic compensation or
mathematical calculation which is active for the measuring component (explanation
and consequences → page 197, Table 14).
● The lines a … f are displaying the factory-set mathematical parameters used for the
measuring value processing.
● The yes/no/OFF information specifies whether a cross-sensitivity effect was found for
the respective measuring component during the manufacturing process:
A cross-sensitivity effect was not found – which means that at a cross-
OFF
sensitivity compensation is not required for this pair of gas components
A cross-sensitivity effect was found and an automatic cross-sensitivity
yes
compensation was activated.
A cross-sensitivity effect was found, but an automatic cross-sensitivity
no
compensation was not activated.

Special notes
16.1.2 Consequences of automatic compensations

The following table shows the available compensations and their consequences:
Table 14 Consequences of automatic compensations
Auto. compensation or Consequences …
Code
calculation … for measurement … for calibration
0 None None None
1
– no function –
2
3 Cross-sensitivity If X is an internal Zero gases:
compensation for measuring value: None The zero gas which is used
measuring component If X represents a connected for measuring component
A with internal meas. external measuring value: A shall not contain
component X See information on code 1 measuring component X.
and 2.
4 Mathematical cross- This option creates a You cannot make
calculation if the »virtual« measuring calibrations for the
internal measuring component V which is measuring component V.
values A and X displayed like a real The measuring values of V
measuring component. are correctly calibrated
when the measuring
components A and X are
correctly calibrated.

Special notes
16 . 2 Notes on particular measuring components
16.2.1 Measuring component CO

Disturbing effects: If an unsuitable NOX converter is installed in the sample gas path, then
CO2 could partly or totally be converted to CO. Thus wrong measuring values would be
produced for CO, although the gas analyzer is working correctly.
Remedy: Use a suitable NOX converter (→ page 202, §16.4.2).
16.2.2 Measuring component CO2

NOX converter
Disturbing effect: If an NOX converter is installed in the sample gas path, then under
certain circumstances CO2 could partly or totally be converted to CO. Thus wrong
measuring values would be produced for CO, although the gas analyzer is working correctly.
Remedy: Use a suitable NOX converter (→ page 202, §16.4.2).
Sample gas cooler
Disturbing effect: If a sample gas cooler is used, CO2 could partly be solved in the
condensate and thus be removed from the sample gas. This would effect wrong CO2
measuring values, although the gas analyzer is working correctly.
Remedy: → page 200, §16.3.2
16.2.3 Measuring component O2

Disturbing effect: If the O2 concentration is measured with the analyzer module OXOR-P,
wrong O2 measuring values can be produced if the sample gas contains other gas
components which have a high paramagnetic or diamagnetic susceptibility.
Remedy: Observe the information in §8.8.6 (→ page 142).
16.2.4 Measuring component SO2

H2O cross-sensitivity
In the NDIR analysis of SO2, an H2O cross-sensitivity cannot be avoided due to strong
overlapping of the absorption ranges. Thus the SO2 analysis is generally »sensitive« against
the H2O concentration. In many cases this effect is so small that it does not reduce the
specified measuring accuracy.
Sample gas cooler
Disturbing effect: If a sample gas cooler is used, SO2 could partly be solved in the
condensate and thus be removed from the sample gas. This would cause wrong SO2
measuring values, although the gas analyzer is working correctly.
Remedy: → page 200, §16.3.2

Special notes
16.2.5 Disturbing effects with the measuring component NO or NOX

H2O cross-sensitivity
As for SO2, the NDIR gas analysis of NO cannot avoid a certain H2O cross-sensitivity, due to
strong overlapping of the absorption ranges. So the NO analysis is generally »sensitive«
against the H2O concentration. Please observe the following notes:
Sample gas cooler
Disturbing effect: If a sample gas cooler is used, NO2 could partly be solved in the
condensate and thus be removed from the sample gas. This would cause wrong NO2
measuring values, although the gas analyzer is working correctly. This effect can also
interfere with the NO concentration analysis: If the NO/NO2 balance in the sample gas is
shifting, the NO measuring value becomes too small.
NOX converter
→ page 202, §16.4.2

Special notes
16 . 3 Notes on the use of a sample gas cooler
16.3.1 Purpose of a sample gas cooler

Condensation is a fatal effect when it happens in the internal gas paths of a gas analyzer.
Condensation can occur when the sample gas temperature at the sampling point is higher
than in the gas analyzer and the sample gas contains condensable gas components – for
example, H2O in the exhaust gas of a combustion plant.
In such cases, the temperature of the sample gas needs to be lowered once, prior to
feeding into the analyzer, in order to lower the dew point (= the temperature where
condensation occurs). Usually a sample gas cooler is used for this purpose. In a sample
gas cooler the temperature of the flowing sample gas is strongly reduced; in this way, most
of the condensable components are separated from the gas.
However, the condensable components will not be removed completely. You might need to
consider this fact in some applications in order to produce correct measuring values
(→ page 200, §16.3.2). For H2O, the remaining concentration is approximately 7000 …
11000 ppm, depending on the cooler temperature.
16.3.2 Disturbing effects with a sample gas cooler

Disturbing effect with an »H2O-sensitive« analysis
If the SIDOR measures at least one measuring component which has a cross-sensitivity
against H2O, then the measuring values can be affected by physical changes in the sample
gas cooler.
Remedy: Provide a constant condition of the sample gas cooler.
Disturbing effect with water-soluble gases (for example, CO2, SO2)
Inside the sample gas cooler, there is a relatively large surface of condensed water. That
has a consequence for gases which have a physical or chemical high solubility in water (for
example, CO2, SO2): A portion of such a gas component would be solved in the
condensate and thus be removed from the sample gas. This means that the measuring
value would be smaller – although the gas analyzer is working correctly. The smaller the
real gas concentration is, the greater is the relative measuring error. This effect does also
apply to the calibration of such gas components, if the calibration gases are flowing
through the sample gas cooler (→ page 201, §16.3.3).
Remedy A: All the calibration gases go through the sample gas cooler, which means that
you introduce the calibration gases in front of the sample gas cooler inlet. In this way, the
calibration gases are processed in the same way as the sample gas, which will produce a
calibration with »built-in« compensation of possible interfering effects. If the test gas value
of a measuring component strongly differs from its average concentration in the sample
gas, set-up a long span delay time, to allow the sample gas cooler to get into a constant
physical condition with the new concentration before the gas analyzer starts the calibration
(→ page 125, §8.5.7; recommendation: some minutes). In addition, observe the information
in §16.3.3 (→ page 201).
Remedy B: If the solution of the respective gas in water produces an acid, you can
minimize the disturbing effect by acidifying the condensate in the sample gas cooler with
this acid and keeping the pH level in the sample gas cooler permanently below pH 2. In this
way, the condensate will be »saturated« and thus will not absorb the respective component.
To do this, you need to feed the respective acid (for example, H2CO3, H2SO3) into the gas
path of the sample gas cooler. Please note that the sample gas cooler needs to be
corrosion-resistant.

Special notes
Disturbing effect due to drying-out in the course of long calibration procedures

Calibration gases from gas cylinders are usually »dry«, which means they practically do not
contain H2O. When such calibration gases are flowing through the sample gas cooler for a
certain time, the cooler could dry out. This extreme change of condition can effect a wrong
calibration – especially for »H2O-sensitive« measuring components.
Remedy: Produce »wet« calibration gases. To do this, install a suitable vessel in the gas
path, filled with water, and make the calibration gases bubble through the vessel before
they are fed into the sample gas cooler.
16.3.3 Calibrations with a sample gas cooler

Consequences of »wet« calibration gases
If the calibration gases are flowing through the sample gas cooler before they are fed into
the gas analyzer, they are conditioned in the same way as the sample gas. Advantage: The
actual physical condition of the sample gas cooler is physically considered in the
calibration gas test values; even its influence on H2O cross-sensitivity effects (if existing)
will physically be considered in this way.
However, there are some disadvantages with this method:
– Because the physical conditions in the sample gas cooler are not exactly constant, the
results of several calibrations might not be exactly identical. This means that you could
not calculate the analyzer drift by direct comparison of subsequent calibrations.
– Because calibration gases from gas cylinders practically do not contain any H2O, the
sample gas cooler could dry out in the course of a long calibration procedure. This
would kill the advantage of this method (remedy → page 200, §16.3.2).
Consequences of »dry« calibration gases
If the calibration gases are fed directly into the gas analyzer without being led through the
sample gas cooler, the calibration results can be reproduced. This allows, for example, an
analyzer drift monitoring.
However, the calibrations would not consider the influence and the current physical
condition of the sample gas cooler. It might be required to determine the influence of the
sample gas cooler by making test measurements where calibration gases are fed once
directly into the analyzer (»dry« gases) and then through the sample gas cooler first (»wet«
gases). The difference should be considered, and it might be advisable to repeat this test
periodically.

Special notes
16 . 4 Notes on the use of NOX converters
16.4.1 Purpose of NOX converters

If the NO concentration is measured, but the sample gas also contains NO2, some
applications may require the measurement of the NO2 portion in combination with the NO
portion. This can be done by installing a »NOX converter« in the sample gas line. A NOX
converter provides a thermal-catalytic process which converts NO2 to NO. Thus an NO gas
analyzer will actually determine the »NOX« concentration (NOX = NO + NO2).
16.4.2 Disturbing effects with NOX converters

Thermal re-conversion
The thermal NO2 conversion is reversible. This means that the conversion effect can be
reduced if the sample gas is allowed to cool down before it reaches the gas analyzer.
Remedy: Keep the gas line distance between NOX converter and SIDOR as short as
possible.
Conversion of other gases
There are some other gases which could possibly be converted in the same way. This
applies to CO/CO2, for example. An unwanted conversion would distort the analysis of such
measuring components.
Remedy: Use a low-temperature NOX converter (approx. 400 °C/750 °F) equipped with a
molybdenum catalyst. If you would use a high-temperature converter or a converter with a
graphite catalyst, the measuring values of the CO and CO2 analysis would be not be
correct.

Custom configuration tables
SIDOR
17 Custom configuration tables
Analyzer modules and measuring ranges (form)

All pin/terminal connectors (figure)
All switch and control functions (listing/form)

17 . 1 User table: Measuring components and calibration gases

SIDOR Serial number:
Measuring component
Remarks
1 2 3
Name/Formula:
❑ SIDOR ❑ SIDOR ❑ SIDOR

Is measured with the ❑ SIDOR section 2 ❑ SIDOR section 2 ❑ SIDOR section 2
analyzer module: ❑ OXOR-P ❑ OXOR-P ❑ OXOR-P
❑ OXOR-E ❑ OXOR-E ❑ OXOR-E
❑ ppm ❑ ppm ❑ ppm
❑ vol.% ❑ vol.% ❑ vol.%
Physical unit for the
❑ mg/m3 ❑ mg/m3 ❑ mg/m3
measuring value:
❑ g/m3 ❑ g/m3 ❑ g/m3
❑ ❑ ❑
zero gas 1
Nominal values for calibration gases
zero gas 2
test gas 3
test gas 4
test gas 5
test gas 6

1 7. 2 Signal connection overview

NOTICE:
b Use this overview only if you are familiar with the related safety notes
(see references in the illustration).
Figure 21 Signal connection overview
RS 232 C #1 RS 232 C #2 GND CIC 24V1 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8
GND TXD RXD RTS CTS DTR DSR GND TXD RXD RTS CTS
4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 X3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Alternative
GND CIC 24V1
GND RXD TXD CTS RTS DSR DTR GND RXD TXD CTS RTS
–5 ... –24 VDC
→ p. 50, §3.10 → p. 91, §7.11.2 → p. 49, §3.9 → p. 89, §7.10

→ p. 50, §13 → p. 48, §12 → p. 207, §17.4
REL1 REL2 REL3 REL4 REL5 REL6 REL7 REL8
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
→ p. 46, §3.8 → p. 86, §7.9 → p. 46, §3.8 → p. 86, §7.9

→ p. 47, §9 → p. 206, §17.3 → p. 47, §10 → p. 206, §17.3
GND 24V2 TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 GND IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4
0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA
R1 R2
R3 R4 R5 R6
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 X7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0/4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 500
→ p. 46, §3.8 → p. 86, §7.9 → p. 45, §3.7 → p. 85, §7.8.6

→ p. 48, §11 → p. 206, §17.3 → p. 45, §8

17 . 3 User table: Switch outputs

SIDOR Serial no.:
Function (→ page 87, §7.9.4)
REL1
REL2
REL3
REL4
REL5
REL6
REL7
REL8
TR1
TR2
TR3
TR4
TR5
TR6
TR7
TR8
1 no function in SIDOR
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
f-1!
Name Code
f
f
failure 1 – X – – – –
service 2 – – X – – –
fault 3 – – – – X –
alarm limit 1 4 – – – – – –
alarm limit 2 5 – – – – – –
alarm limit 3 6 – – – – – –
alarm limit 4 7 – – – – – –
external pump 8 – – – – – –
calibration active 9 – – – – – –
auto. calibration 10 – – – – – –
zero gas 1 11 – – – – – –
zero gas 2 12 – – – – – –
test gas 3 13 – – – – – –
test gas 4 14 – – – – – –
test gas 5 15 – – – – – –
test gas 6 16 – – – – – –
sample gas 17 – – – – – –
range – output 1 18 – – – – – –
range – output 2 19 – – – – – –
range – output 3 20 – – – – – –
range – output 4 21 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 1 1 22 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 2 1 23 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 3 1 24 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 4 1 25 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 5 1 26 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 6 1 27 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 7 1 28 – – – – – –
switch on pt. 8 1 29 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 1 1 30 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 2 1 31 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 3 1 32 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 4 1 33 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 5 1 34 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 6 1 35 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 7 1 36 – – – – – –
meas. value pt. 8 1 37 – – – – – –
FAILURE sensor 1 38 – – – – – –
FAILURE sens.ext. 1 41 – – – – – –
FAILURE sens.ext. 2 42 – – – – – –
SERVICE sensor 1 43 – – – – – –
SERVICE sens.ext. 1 46 – – – – – –
SERVICE sens.ext. 2 47 – – – – – –
CALIBR. sensor 1 48 – – – – – –
CALIBR. sensor 2 49 – – – – – –
CALIBR. sensor 3 50 – – – – – –
CALIBR. sens.ext. 1 51 – – – – – –
CALIBR. sens.ext. 2 52 – – – – – –
flow sensor 53
condensate sensor 54
meas.value output1 55

1 7. 4 User table: Control inputs

SIDOR Serial no.:
Control function f (→ page 89, §7.10.2)

1 not available in the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3) CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8
2 no function in SIDOR
Name Code f f-1! f f-1! f f-1! f f-1! f f-1! f f-1! f f-1! f f-1!
service block 1
auto.cal. 1 start 2
auto.cal. 2 start 3
auto.cal. 3 start 4
auto.cal. 4 start 5
cal. stop 6
pump on/off 7
zero gas 1 fault 8
test gas 3 fault 9
test gas 4 fault 10
test gas 5 fault 11
output 1 1 12
output 2 1 13
output 3 1 14
output 4 1 15
(no function) 16
failure 1 17
failure 2 18
service 1 19
service 2 20
fault 1 21
fault 2 22
no drifts 3 23
sample value hold 1 24
zero gas 2 fault 25
test gas 6 fault 26
hold sample pt. 1 2 27
switch off pt. 1 2 35
3 without function in the ATEX version


Certificates
SIDOR
18 Certificates
EC Declaration of conformity
CSA certificate
Examination certificate

Certificates
1 8. 1 Manufacturer’s EC Declaration of conformity

Figure 22 EC Declaration of conformity – page 1 of 4

Certificates

Certificates

Certificates

Certificates
1 8. 2 CSA certificate
Figure 26 CSA certificate – page 1 of 3

Certificates

Certificates

Certificates
18 .3 Examination certificates for the ATEX version

Figure 29 Examination certificate BVS 06 ATEX G 002 X – page 1 of 5
%%*3UI XQG =HUWLIL]LHU *PE+
7UDQVODWLRQ
(&7\SH([DPLQDWLRQ&HUWLILFDWH
'LUHFWLYH(&
(TXLSPHQWDQGSURWHFWLYHV\VWHPVLQWHQGHGIRUXVH
LQSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYHDWPRVSKHUHV
%96$7(;*;
(TXLSPHQW 6LGRU
0DQXIDFWXUHU 0DLKDN$*
$GGUHVV '+DPEXUJ
7KHGHVLJQDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQRIWKLVHTXLSPHQWDQGDQ\DFFHSWDEOHYDULDWLRQWKHUHWRDUHVSHFLILHGLQWKHVFKHGXOH
WRWKLVW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWH
7KHFHUWLILFDWLRQERG\RI(;$0%%*3UIXQG=HUWLIL]LHU*PE+QRWLILHGERG\QRLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK
$UWLFOHRIWKH'LUHFWLYH(&RIWKH(XURSHDQ3DUOLDPHQWDQGWKH&RXQFLORI0DUFKFHUWLILHVWKDW
WKLV HTXLSPHQW KDV EHHQ IRXQG WR FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH (VVHQWLDO +HDOWK DQG 6DIHW\ 5HTXLUHPHQWV UHODWLQJ WR WKH
GHVLJQ DQG FRQVWUXFWLRQ RI HTXLSPHQW DQG SURWHFWLYH V\VWHPV LQWHQGHG IRU XVH LQ SRWHQWLDOO\ H[SORVLYH
DWPRVSKHUHVJLYHQLQ$QQH[,,WRWKH'LUHFWLYH
7KHH[DPLQDWLRQDQGWHVWUHVXOWVDUHUHFRUGHGLQWKHWHVWUHSRUW3)*QR3
7KH(VVHQWLDO+HDOWKDQG6DIHW\5HTXLUHPHQWVZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHPHDVXULQJIXQFWLRQIRUH[SORVLRQSURWHFWLRQ
DUHDVVXUHGE\DSSOLFDWLRQRI
(1$
(1
(1$
(1
7KLV(&W\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWHFRYHUVWKHPHDVXULQJIXQFWLRQIRUPHWKDQHLQWKHPHDVXULQJUDQJHV
YYDQGYYDQGIRUR[\JHQPHDVXUHPHQWRILQHUWLVDWLRQLQWKHPHDVXULQJUDQJH
YY
7KLV(&W\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWHFRYHUVDSSDUDWXVZLWKVRIWZDUHYHUVLRQ$
,I WKH VLJQ ; LV SODFHG DIWHU WKH FHUWLILFDWH QXPEHU LW LQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH HTXLSPHQW LV VXEMHFW WR VSHFLDO
FRQGLWLRQVIRUVDIHXVHVSHFLILHGLQWKHVFKHGXOHWRWKLVFHUWLILFDWH
7KLV (&7\SH ([DPLQDWLRQ &HUWLILFDWH UHODWHV RQO\ WR WKH GHVLJQ H[DPLQDWLRQ DQG WHVWV RI WKH VSHFLILHG
HTXLSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHWR'LUHFWLYH(&
)XUWKHUUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKH'LUHFWLYHDSSO\WRWKHPDQXIDFWXULQJSURFHVVDQGVXSSO\RIWKLVHTXLSPHQW7KHVH
DUHQRWFRYHUHGE\WKLVFHUWLILFDWH
3DJHRIWR%96$7(;*;
7KLVFHUWLILFDWHPD\RQO\EHUHSURGXFHGLQLWVHQWLUHW\DQGZLWKRXWFKDQJH
'LQQHQGDKOVWUDVVH%RFKXP7HOHIRQ3KRQH7HOHID[)D[HPDLO=6#EJH[DPGH

Certificates
7KHPDUNLQJRIWKHHTXLSPHQWVKDOOLQFOXGHWKHIROORZLQJ
,,*
(;$0%%*3UIXQG=HUWLIL]LHU *PE+
%RFKXPGDWHG'HFHPEHU
6LJQHG-RFNHUV 6LJQHG.LHVHZHWWHU
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
&HUWLILFDWLRQERG\ 6SHFLDOVHUYLFHVXQLW
3DJHRIWR%96$7(;*;
7KLVFHUWLILFDWHPD\RQO\EHUHSURGXFHG LQLWVHQWLUHW\DQGZLWKRXWFKDQJH
'LQQHQGDKOVWUDVVH%RFKXP 7HOHIRQ3KRQH7HOHID[)D[HPDLO=6#EJH [DPGH

Certificates
$SSHQGL[WR
(&7\SH([DPLQDWLRQ&HUWLILFDWH
%96$7(;*;
6XEMHFWDQGW\SH
*DVGHWHFWLRQDSSDUDWXVW\SH6LGRU
'HVFULSWLRQ
7KHJDVGHWHFWLRQDSSDUDWXVW\SH6LGRULVDIL[HGGHYLFHIRUWKHPHDVXUHPHQWRIPHWKDQHFDUERQGLR[LGHDQGRU
R[\JHQ7KHDSSDUDWXVLVQRWLQWHQGHGWREHXVHGLQSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYHDWPRVSKHUHV
3DUDPHWHUV
1RWDSSOLFDEOH
7HVWDQGDVVHVVPHQWUHSRUW
3)*QR3GDWHG
6SHFLDOFRQGLWLRQVIRUVDIHXVH
6XLWDEOHIODPHDUUHVWRUVVKDOOEHEXLOWLQWRWKHPHDVXULQJJDVLQWDNHDQGRXWOHWSLSHVLILWFDQQRWEHH[FOXGHG
WKDWWKHPHDVXULQJJDVHVFRXOGEHSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYH
7KHUHOD\VPDOIXQFWLRQDQGVHUYLFHVKDOOEHPRQLWRUHGLQRUGHUWRGHWHFWDOORSHUDWLQJPRGHVLQZKLFKWKH
JDVFRQFHQWUDWLRQVDUHQRWPRQLWRUHG
7KHVLJQDOLVDWLRQRIRYHUUDQJHFRQGLWLRQVVKDOOEHDFWLYDWHG
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
:HFRQILUPWKHFRUUHFWQHVVRIWKHWUDQVODWLRQIURPWKH*HUPDQRULJLQDO
,QWKHFDVHRIDUELWUDWLRQRQO\WKH*HUPDQZRUGLQJVKDOOEHYDOLGDQGELQGLQJ
%RFKXP'HFHPEHU
3)*.LH
(;$0%%*3UIXQG=HUWLIL]LHU*PE+
3DJHRIWR%96$7(;*;
'LQQHQGDKOVWUDVVH%RFKXP7HOHIRQ3KRQH7HOHID[)D[HPDLO=6#EJH[DPGH

Certificates

Certificates

Certificates
Figure 34 Examination certificate PFG 06 G 002 X – page 1 of 2
7UDQVODWLRQ
7\SH([DPLQDWLRQ&HUWLILFDWH
*DVGHWHFWLRQDSSDUDWXV
3)**;
(TXLSPHQW 6LGRU
0DQXIDFWXUHU 0DLKDN$*
$GGUHVV '+DPEXUJ
7KHFHUWLILFDWLRQERG\RI(;$0%%*3UIXQG=HUWLIL]LHU*PE+FHUWLILHVWKDWWKHGHYLFHKDVEHHQIRXQGWRFRPSO\
ZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHVWDQGDUGVRU%HUXIVJHQRVVHQVFKDIWOLFKHQ,QIRUPDWLRQUHVSHFWLYHO\
(1$
(1
(1
(1
%*,$SULO
ZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHPHDVXULQJIXQFWLRQIRUR[\JHQPHDVXUHPHQWRIR[\JHQGHILHQF\DQGHQULFKPHQWLQWKHPHDVXULQJ
UDQJHYYDQGFDUERQGLR[LGHLQWKHPHDVXULQJUDQJHYY
7KLVW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWHFRYHUVDSSDUDWXVZLWKVRIWZDUHYHUVLRQ$
7KLVFHUWLILFDWLRQLQFOXGHVDW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQEDVHGRQ(17KHWHVWUHVXOWVDQGWKHGHVLJQRIWKHDSSDUDWXVDUH
UHFRUGHGLQWKHWHVWUHSRUW3)*QR3
,IWKHVLJQ;LVSODFHGDIWHUWKHFHUWLILFDWHQXPEHULWLQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHDSSDUDWXVLVVXEMHFWWRVSHFLDOFRQGLWLRQVIRU
VDIHXVHVSHFLILHGLQWKHVFKHGXOHWRWKLVFHUWLILFDWH
7KHPDQXIDFWXUHUGHFODUHVWKHFRQIRUPLW\RIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHGDSSDUDWXVZLWKWKHFHUWLILHGGHVLJQE\DIIL[LQJWKH
QXPEHURIWKLVW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWH
%RFKXPGDWHG'H]HPEHU
6LJQHG-RFNHUV 6LJQHG.LHVHZHWWHU
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
&HUWLILFDWLRQERG\ 6SHFLDOVHUYLFHVXQLW
3DJHRIWR3)**;
'LQQHQGDKOVWUDVVH'%RFKXP 7HOHIRQ3KRQH7HOHID[)D[HPDLO=6#EJH[DPGH

Certificates
Figure 35 Examination certificate PFG 06 G 002 X – page 2 of 2
$SSHQGL[WR
7\SH([DPLQDWLRQ&HUWLILFDWH
3)**;
'HVFULSWLRQRIWKHJDVGHWHFWLRQDSSDUDWXV
7KHJDVGHWHFWLRQDSSDUDWXVW\SH6LGRULVDIL[HGGHYLFHIRUWKHPHDVXUHPHQWRIPHWKDQHFDUERQGLR[LGHDQGRU
R[\JHQ7KHDSSDUDWXVLVQRWLQWHQGHGWREHXVHGLQSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYHDWPRVSKHUHV
([SORVLRQSURWHFWLRQ
1RWDSSOLFDEOH
6SHFLDOFRQGLWLRQVIRUVDIHXVH
6XLWDEOHIODPHDUUHVWRUVVKDOOEHEXLOWLQWRWKHPHDVXULQJJDVLQWDNHDQGRXWOHWSLSHVLILWFDQQRWEHH[FOXGHGWKDW
WKHPHDVXULQJJDVHVFRXOGEHSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYH
7KHUHOD\VPDOIXQFWLRQDQGVHUYLFHVKDOOEHPRQLWRUHGLQRUGHUWRGHWHFWDOORSHUDWLQJPRGHVLQZKLFKWKHJDV
FRQFHQWUDWLRQVDUHQRWPRQLWRUHG
7KHVLJQDOLVDWLRQRIRYHUUDQJHFRQGLWLRQVVKDOOEHDFWLYDWHG
$GGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQ
7KHPHDVXULQJIXQFWLRQIRUPHWKDQHDQGR[\JHQPHDVXUHPHQWRILQHUWLVDWLRQDFFRUGLQJWRGLUHFWLYH(&LV

VXEMHFWRIWKH(&W\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWH%96$7(;*;
7KLVW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWHLQFOXGHVDOVRWKHPHDVXULQJUDQJHVFHUWLILHGLQWKH(&W\SHH[DPLQDWLRQ
FHUWLILFDWH%96$7(;*;ZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHH[DPLQDWLRQDFFRUGLQJWR%*,
7KLVW\SHH[DPLQDWLRQFHUWLILFDWHGRHVQRWLQFOXGHDFFHVVRULHV
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
:HFRQILUPWKHFRUUHFWQHVVRIWKHWUDQVODWLRQIURPWKH*HUPDQRULJLQDO
,QWKHFDVHRIDUELWUDWLRQRQO\WKH*HUPDQZRUGLQJVKDOOEHYDOLGDQGELQGLQJ
%RFKXP'HFHPEHU
3)*.LH
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
6SHFLDOVHUYLFHVXQLW
3DJHRIWR3)**;
'LQQHQGDKOVWUDVVH'%RFKXP 7HOHIRQ3KRQH7HOHID[)D[HPDLO=6#EJH[DPGH

Certificates

Technical Data
SIDOR
19 Technical Data
Dimensions
Ambient conditions
Electrical specifications
Measuring specifications

Technical Data
19 . 1 Enclosure
Design
Type of construction: 19" slide-in enclosure
Vertical rack space required: 3 height units 1
Protection class: IP 20 2
Ground: 9 … 20 kg (depending on equipment)
1 + 1 height unit above recommended for ventilation (→ page 33, §3.3)
2 EN 60529
Dimensions
7 8 9 Esc
Function
4 5 6 Help
Service
Alarm
1 2 3
0 Enter
mm (inch) 112 (4.41)

82 (3.23)
X2 X4 X6
132.5 (5.22)
A B
115 (4.53)
X3 X5 X7
X1
483 (19.00)
(1.65)
42
275 (10.83)
290 (11.42)
250 (9.84)
442 (17.40)
A gas inlet (SAMPLE)

B gas outlet (OUTLET)

Technical Data
1 9. 2 Ambient conditions
Installation site · Assembly
Atmospheric influences: The equipment is intended only for indoor use
Vibrations/impacts: The installation site should be free from vibrations and
impacts
Position of use (allowed inclination of Max. ±15° inclination 1
housing during operation): to each spatial axis
1 keep constant during operation. When the inclination has changed, make a new calibration.
Pressure · Temperature
Geographic altitude of installation site: Max. 2500 m above sea level (approx. 750 hPa)
Ambient air pressure: 700 … 1200 hPa
Operating temperature: +5 … +45 °C (41 … 113 °F)
Storage temperature: –20 … +70 °C (–4 … +158 °F)
Humidity · Dirt
Relative humidity: 0 … 90% over complete temperature range, non condensing
Permissible contamination: Degree of contamination 1 1
1 no contamination or only dry, nonconductive contamination
1 9. 3 Electrical Data
Power supply
Mains voltages Optionally 100/115/230 VAC 1
Mains frequency: 48 … 62 Hz
Allowed mains voltage variations/mains –15% … +10%
voltage tolerance:
Permissible overvoltages: Transient overvoltages in the supply network should not
exceed overvoltage category II according to IEC 60364-4-443
Power input:
– maximum (in the warm-up period): 150 VA
– in the normal operational state: approx. 50 VA
1 can be selected mechanically (→ page 40, §3.5.4); adaptation of mains fuses required (→ page 41, §3.5.5)
Electrical safety
Class of protection: Class of protection I 1
Electrical safety: Checked according to EN 61010 (VDE 411)
Low Voltage Directive 72/73/EEC
Transformer: Safety transformer
according to EN 61558 (VDE 0570)
Electromagnetic compatibility: According to EN 61326 and EN 61000
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC
1 VDE 0411 Part 1 / IEC 348
Battery (memory buffer)

Expected life: 10 years

Technical Data
19 . 4 Gas technical requirements

Sample gas properties
Permissible sample gas temperature: 1 0 … 45 °C (32 … 113 °F)
Permissible sample gas dew point: Below ambient temperature
Particles in the sample gas: Sample gas should be free from dust and aerosols 2
Permissible sample gas pressure 3
– internal gas paths hose-connected: –200 … +300 hPa
(–0.2 … +0.3 bar/–2.9 … 4.3 psig)
– internal gas paths tube-connected: –200 … +1000 hPa
(0.2 … 1.0 bar/–2.9 … 14.5 psig)
Sample gas flow 1
– for standard version/CSA version:
minimum: 5 l/h (85 cm3/min)
maximum: 100 l/h (1660 cm3/min)
recommended: 30 … 60 l/h (500 … 1000 cm3/min)
standard: 60 l/h (1000 cm3/min)
Sample gas flow 1
– for ATEX version:
minimum: 36 l/h (600 cm3/min)
maximum: 120 l/h (2000 cm3/min)
recommended: 36 … 60 l/h (600 … 1000 cm3/min)
standard: 4 60 l/h (1000 cm3/min)
1 should be constant during operation
2 when entering the gas analyzer
3 relative to the ambient/atmospheric air pressure
4 in any case, the sample gas flow should be great enough to meet the specified maximum response time (→ page 217,
§18.3)
Built-in gas pump (option)

Type of construction: Oscillating diaphragm pump
Flow rate: max. 60 l/h (with 100 hPa pressure difference)
Gas connections on housing
Standard: PVDF bulkhead fitting for 6x1 mm hose
Option: Screw fittings type SWAGELOK, 6 mm or ¼"
19 . 5 Reaction times for ATEX-compliant use

Only applies to the ATEX version of SIDOR (→ page 26, §2.3).
The examination certificate is based on European standards which specify the following
maximum reaction times for the measuring operation:
standard operation parameter requested value
EN 50104 20 % of total measuring value alteration (t20): ≤ 10 s
90 % of total measuring value alteration (t90): ≤ 45 s
EN 61779-5 response time (t50): ≤ 20 s
response time (t90): ≤ 60 s
EN45544-3 ramp response time (t90): ≤ 150 s
decay time (t10): ≤ 300 s

Technical Data
1 9. 6 Measuring characteristics
Detection limits
– for measuring spans ≥ 200 % of minimum ≤ 1 % of measuring span
measuring span:
– for measuring spans < 200 % of minimum ≤ 2 % of measuring span
measuring span:
Response behaviour
Warm-up time: 120 minutes
Response time t90: < 45 s 1
Response time t20: < 10 s 1
Decay time t90: < 45 s 1
1 when sample gas flow = 60 l/h and damping time constant (t90 electr.) = 15 s
Influencing variables
Influence of atmospheric air pressure: ≤1%1
1 with option »barometric pressure compensation«
Long-term characteristics – ATEX version

Zero point deviation: 1 2
– for meas. components CH4, CO2: ±3 % of meas. span in 3 months
Zero point drift:
– for meas. components CH4, CO2: < 1 % of meas. span per week
– for meas. component O2: < 2.5% of meas. span in 1 month or
< 0.2 vol.% per month 3
Sensitivity drift:
– for meas. components CH4, CO2: < 2 % of meas. value in 3 months
– for meas. component O2: < 2.5% of meas. span in 1 month or
< 0.2 vol.% per month 3
1 a zero point deviation of ±7 % in 3 months would be compliant with the corresponding standard
2 this specification is not requested for measuring component O2
3 the higher value is applicable
Influence of interfering gases (cross-sensitivities) – ATEX version

– for meas. component CH4: In most cases, other hydrocarbons will effect negative
cross-sensitivities, with a suppression ratio (reduction
of CH4 sensitivity) of 1:17 to 1:200.
– for meas. component CO2: For the intended use, cross-sensitivities against other
– for meas. component O2: gases are not relevant (suppression ratio < 1 % of
measuring span).

Technical Data
19 . 7 Flow schematic
Figure 36 Internal gas flow
1 2 3 4 IR1 IR2 O2 5 6 7
P
= Option
1 Sample gas inlet

2 Condensate sensor (option)
3 Gas pump (option)
4 Safety filter
IR1 NDIR analyzer module SIDOR, section 1 (basic equipment)
IR2 NDIR analyzer module SIDOR, section 2 (option)
O2 O2 analyzer module OXOR-E or OXOR-P (option)
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flow sensor (option)
7 Gas outlet
19 . 8 Materials in contact with the sample gas

Table 15 Materials in contact with the sample gas
Sub-assembly Component Material
Gas lines Fittings Standard: PVDF; option: stainless steel
Hoses Fluorocarbon rubber »Viton«
Safety filter Glass
SIDOR cuvette Cuvette tube Aluminium
Optical window CaF2 or special version
Glue 2-component special epoxy
Tube supports Aluminium
OXOR-P Housing / Interior Stainless steel 1.3952, SiO2, Platinum-Iridium;
magnet poles gold plated
Glue 2-component epoxy glue
Tube supports Stainless steel 1.4301 (clamp: 1.4571)
OXOR-E Body ABS
Membrane PTFE
Internal seal Fluorene rubber (acc. JIS B2401-4D)
External seal Fluorocarbon rubber »Viton«
External T-piece PP
Flow monitor / Body Stainless steel 1.4571
Condensate monitor Sensors Glass (coating of the PT100 resistors)
Glue 2-component special epoxy
Pressure sensor T-piece Stainless steel 1.4571
Membrane Bronze (CuZn) 2.1050
Gas pump Pump body PVDF
Membrane, valves, seals Fluorocarbon rubber »Viton«

I nd e x
Index
A B
Absolute Drift Backspace key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
- display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Backup
Absolute drift - external (on a PC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
- calculation (note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 - internal (saving custom settings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- drift limit values (setting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 - restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- drift reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Bar graph range selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Acknowledging alarms Basic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
- activating for »Alarm« limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Basic information
- procedure, displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 - basic operation notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Acoustic signal (keypad click) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 - primary hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Adjustment (guideline for calibration) . . . . . . . . . . 114 Beep signal (keypad click) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
AK protocol Bridge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
- command syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Bus converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
- command types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
- introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 C
- remote control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Cal. w/correction (menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
- reply to a received command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
- technical basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 - basic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
AK-ID - calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
- ignoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 - control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
- setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 - display calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Alarm limit values - full calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
- deactivating (acknowledge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 - function of the measuring value outputs . . . . . . 85
- display limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - gas supply with sample gas cooler . . . . . . . . . . 201
- LED »Alarm« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 - guideline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
- setting the limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 - in compliance with »13. BImSchV« . . . . . . . . . . . 141
- switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 - introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 227 - measuring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Analog outputs . . . . . . .see »Measuring value outputs« - of cross-sensitivity compensations . . . . . . . . . . 139
Analyzer module - of internal flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
- built-in modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 - procedure variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
- flow schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - setting a span delay time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
- Possible choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - setting the measuring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Anti-inductive voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Application principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 - with H2O cross-sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
ASCII code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 - see also: »Automatic calibration«
ATEX version calibration active (status message) . . . . . . . . . . . 180
- ATEX-compliant use (summary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Calibration gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
- certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 - activating for auto. calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
- features (summary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - composition of the test gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
- purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - composition of the zero gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
- requested reaction times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 - correct delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Automatic answer (modem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 - display of settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 - setting a span delay time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
- date/time setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 - setting the measuring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
- different possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 - setting the nominal values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
- display of settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 - switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
- ignore external start signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 - test gas mixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
- manual start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 CALIBRATION Sensor (status message) . . . . . . . . 180
- preparation (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Certificate
- setting the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 - ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
- see also: »Calibration« - CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Auxillary voltage outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 - EC Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

In dex
Chart recorder simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Decimal places (setting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

CHECK STATUS/FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Checking for faults . . . . . . . . . . see »Trouble-shooting« Delete key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Climate at the installation location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Dew point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Clock settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Dialing (modem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Closed circuit principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Dialing mode (modem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
CO, CO2 (disturbing effects) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Digital interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Interfaces«
Code (password) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Digital remote control
Code (Passwort) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Coding of the plug connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 - with »AK protocol« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Condensate sensor - with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
- consequences when activated . . . . . . . . . . . 69 - 70 - with Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
- deactivating the message (acknowledge) . . . . . . 70 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
- fault message/elimination of fault . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Display
- internal position in gas path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - chart recorder simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 - clock settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
- prevention via sample gas cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 - example of a menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
- safety measures prior to shutdown . . . . . . . . . . 190 - format for time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Conformity (EC Declaration of conformity) . . . . . . 210 - measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Contrast setting (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 - measuring value for all components . . . . . . . . . . 63
Control (menu functions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 - measuring value for one comp. (large) . . . . . . . . . 64
Control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - setting the contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
- assigning control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 - status messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
- available control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 - see also: »Measuring display«
- display actual condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Drift
- electrical function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - calculation (note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
- ignore start signal for auto. calibration . . . . . . . 125 - display of actual drift values (absolute drifts) . . . 68
- settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 - display of drift values after calibration . . . . . . . . 129
- terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 - drift limit values (setting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Controllers (internal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 - drift reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Cross-sensitivity
- calibration with H2O cross-sensitivity . . . . . . . . . 140 E
- compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Electrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
- explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Electronics (internal printboard)
Cross-sensitivity compensation - fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
- calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 - hardware test functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
- function, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 - internal voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
- with OXOR-P (effects, possibilities) . . . . . . . . . . . 142 - version display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CSA version - see also: »Software«
- certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Enclosure
- explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Custom configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 - installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
- technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
D Enter, Esc (keys) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Damping Expert functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
- dynamical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 - activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Damping (electronic 90%-time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 - general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Data backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 - hidden expert functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Data storage in SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Explosion-hazardous locations
Date - ATEX-compliant use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
- for automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 - Limits of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
- setting the internal clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - usage limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

I nd e x
F H
Factory settings (note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Half hour average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
FAILURE extern. (status message) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Hardware protocol (RTS/CTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FAULT Hardware test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
- chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Hardware version (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
- condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Heating ... (display message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
- controller 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Help (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
- flow signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Hidden expert functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
- gas flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 - general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
- int.voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
- IR source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 I
- overrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 ID character
- press. signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 - ignoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
- S-drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 - setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
- signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Important notes
- temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 - intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
- test gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
- Z-drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
- zero gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 - mounting of the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 - 28
FLASHSID.EXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 - place of installation (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Flow monitor Instrument data (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
- calibrating the flow sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Instrument name (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
- display actual signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Instrument number (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
- sensor position in gas path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
- setting the limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 - intended users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Flow schematic (internal gas paths) . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - usage limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Force Single Coil (Modbus command) . . . . . . . . . 166 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Format for time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - automatic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Full calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 - Baud rate, Parity etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Function (LED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 - connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 - function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
- adapting to the changed line voltage . . . . . . . . . 40 - ID character setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
- notes on external power fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 - ignoring the ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
- power fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 - possible status messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
- setting interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
G - setting the connection with MARC2000 . . . . . . . 95
Gas connections - terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
- internal gas path (flow schematic) . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - test function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
- leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 - transmitting the SIDOR configuration . . . . . . . . . 93
- position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Internal controllers (status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
- sample gas connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Internal fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Gas pump Internal supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
- control input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 INTERRUPT ext. (status message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
- flow monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
- internal position in gas path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
- manual switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
- setting the capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
- switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Gas technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Graphical measuring display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Guideline for calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

In dex
K Measuring value
Keypad - analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
- general key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 - calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
- setting the keypad click . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 - damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
- digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
L - display of the trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Language setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - Measuring function (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Leak test - shown on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 - 64
- of gas paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 - suppression at the range beginning value . . . . . . 79
LEDs - trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
- function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 - warning of working range limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
- test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 - see also: »Measuring display«
Limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Alarm limit values« - see also: »Measuring ranges«
Linearsation values (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 - see also: »Output ranges«
Live zero setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Measuring value outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Local adapation (localization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - assigning measuring components . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
- damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
M - deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 - deleting the settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 - display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
- care of the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 - electrical signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
- leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 - function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
- maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 - function during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
- replacing analyzer module OXOR-E . . . . . . . . . . . 176 - live zero-point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
- visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 - setting of output ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 - setting the damping (el. T90%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Maintenance signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 - signal span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
maintenance/calibr. (status message) . . . . . . . . . 185 - terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Manual calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 - test function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
MARC2000 Menu language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
- electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Menu levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
- installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Messwertausgänge
- interconnection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 - 147 - elektrisches Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
- introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Modbus
- PC preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 - activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
- setting the electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 - control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
- SIDOR preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 - data formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
- starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 - electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
- status message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 - explanation, technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
- stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 - function commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Materials in contact with sample gas . . . . . . . . . . 230 - installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Measuring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 - interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Measuring display - read commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
- chart recorder simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 - required settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
- number of decimal places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 - setting the electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
- selecting a bar graph range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 - specifications for the SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
- setting the damping (el. T90%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Modem
- suppression at range beginning value . . . . . . . . . 79 - configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Measuring displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 - control from SIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Measuring function (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - function with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Measuring interval for calibration gases . . . . . . . . 126 - initialisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Measuring ranges - setting the connection with MARC2000 . . . . . . . 95
- display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 - 67 Monitoring displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
- see also: »Output ranges« Mounting dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Mounting the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

I nd e x
N P
nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Parity bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
No reports ! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
NO, NOx (disturbing effects) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Passwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Nominal values PC control active ! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
- criteria for test gas mixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pin Code (for plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
- criteria for test gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Place of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
- criteria for zero gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Plug connector . . . . . . . . . . . .see »Signal connections«
- setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
NOx converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 - changing the required line voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 40
- connection of the power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
O - safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
O2 (disturbing effects) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Power fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see »Fuses«
Open circuit principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Power switch
Operation - external power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
- function of the keypad keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 - power-on procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
- function selection in the menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 - shutdown procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
- menu levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Power-on procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Operation (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Preset Multiple Register (Modbus command) . . . 166
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Pressure sensor
OUTLET (gas connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 - adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Output ranges - display actual signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
- control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 - internal position in gas path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
- display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Printing the configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
- display of settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Product versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
- selection for measuring operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Program loader (firmware update) . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
- settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Program version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
- switch output (status message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Protocol (for digital interfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Overflow warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Gas pump«
Overview (user guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Purpose of the analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
OXOR-E
- display of actual drift values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 R
- expected life of the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Range switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
- measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Reaction times (ATEX-compliant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
- sensor replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Read Coil Status (Modbus commands) . . . 167 - 168
OXOR-P Read Holding Register (Modbus commands) . . . . 168
- cross-sensitivity compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Readjustment
- measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - in compliance with »13. BImSchV« . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Receive call (modem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reference gas (display of physical value) . . . . . . . . 66
Relay outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Switch outputs«
Remote control
- control inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
- settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
- with »AK protocol« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
- with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
- with Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Repair at the factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
RS232C Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Interfaces«
RTS/CTS protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

In dex
S Settings
Safety notes on - backup on a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
- automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 - internal backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- care/cleaning of the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 - restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- correct measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 - save copy in SIDOR (backup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- damping (electronic T90%) . . . . . . . . . 77 - 78, 178 Settings (menu functions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
- drift reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Shutdown procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
- electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 SID.BIN (firmware) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
- fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Signal connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
- gas-tight connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 - auxillary voltage outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
- manual calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 - coding of the plug connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
- measuring value suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 - inductive loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
- opening the int. gas path . . . . . . . . . 180, 190 - 191 - plug connector X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
- opening the internal gas path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 - plug connector X3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
- power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 - plug connector X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
- Sample gas and sample gas connections . . . . . . 38 - plug connector X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
- switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 - plug connector X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
- test gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 - plug connector X7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
SAMPLE (gas connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 - protection from anti-inductive voltages . . . . . . . . 44
Sample gas - type of terminal connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
- application of a NOx converter (note) . . . . . . . . . . 35 Signal lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »LEDs«
- Connection of inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Signal tone (keypad click) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
- connection of outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Signal words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
- connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 SO2 (disturbing effects) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
- correct supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Software
- flow monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 - backup on a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
- internal gas path (flow schematic) . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - display program version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
- Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 - display version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
- setting the built-in gas pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 - firmware update (program loader) . . . . . . . . . . . 102
- using a NOx converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 - internal backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Sample gas cooler - reset (new start) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
- disturbing effect on CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 - restore factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
- function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Source voltage (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
- gas flow during calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Span delay time (for cal.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
- purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Standard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sample gas-contacted materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 - general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Scope (service display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Start control 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Serial interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see »Interfaces« Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SERVICE - provisional (e.g. for training) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
- gas flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Status displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
- S-drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 - Measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
- sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 - status-/fault messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
- Z-drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Status messages
Service - clarification (alphabetical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
- display bridge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 - input for external messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
- display of detector signals (scope) . . . . . . . . . . . 107 - output via interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
- display of internal analog signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 - PC control active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
- display of linearisation values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 - shown on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
- printing the config. data (text table output) . . . . . 93 - switch outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Service (LED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Status/Fault (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Service (menu functions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Storing the setting (modem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
SERVICE extern. (status message) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Summer time (setting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Maintenance« Supply schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Switch inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Control inputs«

I nd e x
Switch outputs W
- assigning the switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Waiting time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Span delay time«
- available switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Warning of working range limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
- control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
- electrical function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 X
- open/closed circuit principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 X1 (power cable connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
- safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 X2 (plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
- settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 X3 (plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
- switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 X4 (plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
- terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 - 48 X5 (plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
- test functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 X6 (plug connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Switch point (output ranges) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 XON/XOFF protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Switching the output ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Z
T Zero gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Calibration gases«
T90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Taking out of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Target group (intended users) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Technical data
- ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
- electrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
- enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
- gas technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
- measuring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Temperature
- ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
- display status of internal controllers . . . . . . . . . 106
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see »Signal connections«
Test gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Calibration gases«
Testing of electronic outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Time
- for automatic calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
- setting the internal clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Tone (keypad click) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Transistor outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . see »Switch outputs«
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
- clarification of status messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
- measuring value incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
- measuring value unstable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
U
Usage limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
User
- intended users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
- user’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
User guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
V
Voltage outputs (24 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Voltages (internal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Volume (keypad click) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

SIDOR
SICK worldwide
8010939/2009-10 (V2.2)
You will find our local subsidiary

or agency at:
www.sick.com
Your local sales and service partner
SICK MAIHAK GmbH | Germany

Nimburger Str. 11 | 79276 Reute | www.sick.com
Phone +49 7641 469-0 | Fax +49 7641 469-11 49 | [email protected]

OI SIDOR en 8010939

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OI SIDOR en 8010939

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OI SIDOR en 8010939

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Title

2 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

Hazard (general) Important technical information for this device

Important technical information on electric or

Hazard in explosion-hazardous locations Supplementary information

Hazard by explosive substances/mixtures Link to information at another place

Hazard by poisonous substances Nice to know

Warning levels / signal words

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 3

4 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 5

6 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

7.8 Configuration of measuring value outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 7

8 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

9 Remote control with MARC2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

10 Remote control with »AK protocol« . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

11 Remote control with Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 9

14 Taking out of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

15 Storage, transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

10 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

16 Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

17 Custom configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

19 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 11

12 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 13

Maihak AG D-22399 Hamburg Made in Germany

Maihak AG D-22399 Hamburg Made in Germany

Special features of the CSA version

Notes on ATEX-compliant operation → page 18, §1.5

14 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

1.2 Primary hazards

WARNING: Hazards caused by explosive or flammable gases

WARNING: Mortal/Health danger as a result of a gas leakage

1.3 Basic operating notes

Taking out of operation

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 15

1.4.1 Purpose of the instrument

1.4.2 Place of installation

16 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

1.4.3 Usage limitations

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 17

1. 5 Use in compliance with the examination certificate

CAUTION: Possible risks for safe operation

18 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

1.6 The user’s responsibility

Preserving the documents

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 19

20 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 21

Figure 1 Extractive gas analysis

● Projection notes on extractive sample gas supply → page 34, §3.4.1

22 SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH

2.2 Know-how for the SIDOR

2.2.1 Special features

SIDOR · Operating Instructions · 8010939 V 2.2 · © SICK MAIHAK GmbH 23

2.2.2 Analyzer modules